DK32EJ FC-AL Interface Specification v2.0

DK32EJ FC-AL Interface Specification v2.0
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
HITACHI
3.5 INCH MAGNETIC DISK DRIVE
Reference Manual
For DK32EJ
FC-AL Interface Specification
Document Number : K6602771
SCSI 2/3 SPECIFICATIONS
Hitachi, Ltd. Tokyo, Japan
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 1 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
NOTICE TO USERS
While every effort has been made to ensure that the information provided herein is correct
please feel free to notify us in the event of an error of inconsistency.
Hitachi makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and
specifically disclaims any implied warranties or merchantability or fitness for any purpose.
Further, Hitachi reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from
time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revisions
or changes.
All Right Reserved, Copyright (C) 2002 Hitachi, Ltd.
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 2 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
REVISION TABLE
Remarks
REV Date
0
1
2
AD : Addition, CH : Change, CR : Correction, DL : Deletion
Signature
Page
Description
Remarks
’02.03.29 DWN : Shiino
All
Initial Release
CHK : Watanabe
APPD : Takayasu
’02.06.13 DWN : Shiino
15
Change of revision number of related
CH
CHK : Watanabe
Document.
APPD : Takayasu
23
Correct the number of alternate
CR
Cylinders.
26,27 Delete the description about error
DL
recovery parameter.
27,28, Change of retry count.
CH
204,208
120,122, Addition of description about
AD
128
Device Control.
154
Correct the about Byte.
CR
168
Change of description about Recovery
CH
Time Limit.
183
Change of description about Queue
CH
Algorithm Modifier.
196
Correct the about MRIE=4.
CR
210
Change the default value of Queue
CH
Algorithm Modifier.
227
Correct the about Reservation Key.
CR
262
Correct the Self Test Code value.
CR
250
Correct the Receive Diagnostic Result
CR
Command.
299,300 Addition of description about
AD
301
0389,0904,0CFF,11FF
310
Correct the about 4700.
CR
’02.12.19 DWN : Shiino
110
Addition description about defect
AD
CHK : Hida
Specification range.
APPD : Takayasu
209
Change the default value of
CH
DISC,FSW.
210
Correct the about Byte0,Byte2.
CR
307
Addition of description about 4483.
AD
REVISION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 3 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
REV
Date
Signature
Page
Description
Remarks
REVISION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 4 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
REV
Date
Signature
Page
Description
Remarks
REVISION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 5 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
REV
Date
Signature
Page
Description
Remarks
REVISION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 6 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
CONTENTS
1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 15
1.1
APPLICATION ............................................................................................................. 15
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENT .............................................................................................. 15
1.3
FUNCTION OUTLINE.................................................................................................. 16
1.4
GLOSSARY ................................................................................................................. 19
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE............................................................................. 21
2.1
ADDRESSING ............................................................................................................. 21
2.2
DISK FORMAT ............................................................................................................ 21
2.2.1
CYLINDER ALLOCATION ................................................................................... 21
2.2.2
FORMAT PROCESSING...................................................................................... 22
2.3
ERROR RETRY ........................................................................................................... 26
2.3.1
READ ERROR RETRY......................................................................................... 26
2.3.2
WRITE ERROR RETRY ....................................................................................... 26
2.3.3
VERIFY ERROR RETRY...................................................................................... 27
2.3.4
SEEK ERROR RETRY ......................................................................................... 27
2.3.5
SPINDLE ERROR RETRY ................................................................................... 27
2.3.6
ERROR RETRY CONTROL................................................................................. 27
2.4
SUPPORTED SCSI COMMANDS............................................................................... 28
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE ......................................................................................... 31
3.1
TOPOLOGY ................................................................................................................. 31
3.2
FRAMES ...................................................................................................................... 34
3.2.1
FRAME FORMAT ................................................................................................. 34
3.3
FIBRE CHANNEL ARBITRATED LOOP(FC-AL) ...................................................... 39
3.3.1
ARBITRATED LOOP PHYSICAL ADDRESS(AL_PA) ....................................... 39
3.3.2
LOOP INITIALIZATION ........................................................................................ 41
3.3.3
ARBITRATED LOOP ACCESS ........................................................................... 46
3.3.4
PUBLIC LOOP ..................................................................................................... 46
3.4
ORDERED SETS......................................................................................................... 49
3.5
LINK SERVICE ............................................................................................................ 52
3.5.1
ABORT SEQUENCE(ABTS)................................................................................ 53
3.5.2
BASIC ACCEPT(BA_ACC) ................................................................................. 53
3.5.3
BASIC REJECT(BA_RJT) ................................................................................... 54
3.5.4
ACCEPT(ACC) ..................................................................................................... 55
3.5.5
LINK SERVICE REJECT(LS_RJT) ..................................................................... 56
3.5.6
N_PORT LOGIN(PLOGI) ..................................................................................... 58
3.5.7
LOGOUT(LOGO).................................................................................................. 63
3.5.8
FABRIC LOGIN(FLOGI)....................................................................................... 64
3.5.9
READ LINK ERROR BLOCK(RLS)..................................................................... 69
3.5.10 REINSTATE RECOVERY QUALIFIER(RRQ)...................................................... 70
3.5.11 REQUEST NODE CAPABILITIES INFORMATION(RNC) (Not support) .......... 72
3.5.12 FABRIC ADDRESS NOTIFICATION(FAN).......................................................... 74
3.5.13 PROCESS LOGIN(PRLI) ..................................................................................... 76
3.5.14 PROCESS LOGOUT(PRLO) ............................................................................... 80
3.5.15 DISCOVER N_PORT SERVICE PARAMETERS(PDISC)................................... 83
3.5.16 DISCOVER ADDRESS(ADISC)........................................................................... 85
3.5.17 THIRD PARTY PROCESS LOGOUT(TPRLO) (Not support)............................ 86
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 7 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4
SCSI BUS............................................................................................................................ 88
4.1
SCSI BUS FUNCTIONS .............................................................................................. 88
4.1.1
COMMAND RECEPTION..................................................................................... 88
4.1.2
COMMAND QUEUING......................................................................................... 88
4.1.3
UNIT ATTENTION CONDITION........................................................................... 89
4.1.4
RESET CONDITION............................................................................................. 89
4.2
FCP INFORMATION UNIT .......................................................................................... 90
4.2.1
FCP_CMND .......................................................................................................... 90
4.2.2
FCP_XFER_READY............................................................................................. 93
4.2.3
FCP_DATA ........................................................................................................... 93
4.2.4
FCP_RSP.............................................................................................................. 94
4.3
FRAME SEQUENSE ................................................................................................... 97
4.4
ENCLOSURE SERVICE INTERFACE(ESI) SPECIFICATION .................................. 99
4.4.1
DISCOVERY PROCESS ...................................................................................... 99
4.4.2
COMMAND PROCESS ...................................................................................... 101
4.4.3
WRITE PROCESS.............................................................................................. 102
4.4.4
READ PROCESS ............................................................................................... 102
5 SCSI COMMANDS............................................................................................................ 103
5.1
COMMAND STRUCTURE......................................................................................... 103
5.1.1
OPERATION CODE ........................................................................................... 105
5.1.2
LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER ................................................................................. 106
5.1.3
RELATIVE ADDRESS........................................................................................ 106
5.1.4
LOGICAL BLOCK ADDRESS ........................................................................... 106
5.1.5
TRANSFER LENGTH ........................................................................................ 107
5.1.6
CONTROL BYTE................................................................................................ 108
5.1.7
RESERVED ........................................................................................................ 108
5.1.8
VENDOR UNIQUE.............................................................................................. 108
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS ........................................................................................... 109
6.1
FORMAT UNIT:(04H) ................................................................................................. 109
6.2
INQUIRY:(12H) ........................................................................................................... 118
6.3
LOG SELECT:(4CH) .................................................................................................. 129
6.4
LOG SENSE:(4DH) .................................................................................................... 155
6.5
MODE SELECT:(15H) ................................................................................................ 157
6.6
MODE SELECT (10):(55H) ........................................................................................ 197
6.7
MODE SENSE:(1AH) ................................................................................................. 199
6.8
MODE SENSE (10):(5AH) .......................................................................................... 217
6.9
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh) ........................................................................... 219
6.10 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT:(5Fh) ....................................................................... 226
6.11 READ:(08H) ................................................................................................................ 231
6.12 READ (EXTENDED):(28H)......................................................................................... 232
6.13 READ BUFFER:(3CH)................................................................................................ 234
6.14 READ CAPACITY:(25H) ............................................................................................ 238
6.15 READ DEFECT DATA:(37H) ..................................................................................... 240
6.16 READ DEFECT DATA(12) :(B7H) ............................................................................. 243
6.17 READ LONG:(3EH) .................................................................................................... 245
6.18 REASSIGN BLOCKS:(07H)....................................................................................... 247
6.19 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS:(1CH)................................................................ 250
6.20 RELEASE:(17H) ......................................................................................................... 251
6.21 RELEASE(10):(57H)................................................................................................... 252
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 8 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.22 REPORT LUNS:(A0h) ............................................................................................... 253
6.23 REQUEST SENSE:(03H) ........................................................................................... 255
6.24 RESERVE:(16H) ......................................................................................................... 256
6.25 RESERVE(10):(56H) .................................................................................................. 258
6.26 REZERO UNIT:(01H).................................................................................................. 259
6.27 SEEK:(0BH)................................................................................................................ 260
6.28 SEEK (EXTENDED):(2BH) ........................................................................................ 261
6.29 SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1DH)........................................................................................ 262
6.30 START / STOP UNIT:(1BH) ....................................................................................... 276
6.31 SYNCHRONIZED CACHE:(35H) ............................................................................... 277
6.32 TEST UNIT READY:(00H).......................................................................................... 278
6.33 VERIFY:(2FH) ............................................................................................................. 279
6.34 WRITE:(0AH) .............................................................................................................. 281
6.35 WRITE (EXTENDED):(2AH)....................................................................................... 282
6.36 WRITE AND VERIFY:(2EH) ....................................................................................... 284
6.37 WRITE BUFFER:(3BH) .............................................................................................. 286
6.38 WRITE LONG:(3FH)................................................................................................... 289
6.39 WRITE SAME:(41H) ................................................................................................... 290
6.40 XDREAD:(52H) ........................................................................................................... 291
6.41 XDWRITE:(50H) ......................................................................................................... 292
6.42 XPWRITE:(51H).......................................................................................................... 294
7 SENSE DATA .................................................................................................................... 295
7.1
SENSE DATA FORMAT............................................................................................ 295
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 9 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Figures
Figure 2-1
Figure 2-2
Figure 2-3
Figure 3-1
Figure 3-2
Figure 3-3
Figure 3-4
Figure 3-6
Figure 3-7
Figure 3-8
Figure 3-9
Figure 3-10
Figure 3-11
Figure 4-1
Figure 4-2
Figure 4-3
Figure 4-4
Track Skew (Skew Factor n)........................................................................ 24
Cylinder Skew ( Skew Factor n )................................................................. 24
Sector Reallocation...................................................................................... 25
Fibre Channel Topology .............................................................................. 31
Topology of private loop ............................................................................. 32
Topology of public loop............................................................................... 33
Multi Loop
Figure 3-5 Redundant Loop....................... 33
Frame Format ............................................................................................... 34
Frame Header Format .................................................................................. 35
Structure of Loop Initialization frame ........................................................ 42
Loop initialization flow diagram ................................................................. 43
Address Identifier....................................................................................... 46
NL_Port Initialization Flow ........................................................................ 48
Discovery Flow Chart ................................................................................ 100
Phase in SFF-8067 enclosure ................................................................... 101
Data transfer for Write ............................................................................... 102
Data transfer for Read................................................................................ 102
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 10 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Tables
Table 2-1
Table 2-2
Table 3-1
Table 3-2
Table 3-3
Table 3-4
Table 3-5
Table 3-6
Table 3-7
Table 3-8
Table 3-9
Table 3-10
Table 3-11
Table 3-12
Table 3-13
Table 3-14
Table 3-15
Table 3-16
Table 3-17
Table 3-18
Table 3-19
Table 3-20
Table 3-21
Table 3-22
Table 3-23
Table 3-24
Table 3-25
Table 3-26
Table 3-27
Table 3-28
Table 3-29
Table 3-30
Table 3-31
Table 3-32
Table 3-33
Table 3-34
Table 3-35
Table 3-36
Table 3-37
Table 3-38
Table 3-39
Table 3-40
Table 3-41
Table 3-42
Table 3-43
Table 3-44
Table 3-45
Commands Supported .................................................................................. 28
Commands Not Supported ........................................................................... 30
Summary of Fibre Channel Topology .......................................................... 32
Specification of R_CTL/TYPE field............................................................... 37
F_CTL field...................................................................................................... 38
AL_PA addressing.......................................................................................... 39
AL_PA value priorities ................................................................................... 39
AL_PA mapped to bit maps .......................................................................... 40
Type of LIP ...................................................................................................... 41
Private Loop Addressing and Public Loop Addressing ............................ 47
Ordered Sets................................................................................................... 49
SOF Delimiters.............................................................................................. 49
EOF Delimiters.............................................................................................. 50
Primitive Signals .......................................................................................... 50
Primitive Sequences .................................................................................... 51
Link Service Frames .................................................................................... 52
BA_ACC payload for ABTS......................................................................... 53
BA_RJT payload........................................................................................... 54
ACC payload ................................................................................................. 55
LS_RJT payload ........................................................................................... 56
PLOGI payload.............................................................................................. 58
Common Service Parameters(PLOGI payload) ........................................ 59
N_Port Name(PLOGI payload) .................................................................... 60
Node_Name(PLOGI payload) ...................................................................... 60
Class 3 Service Parameters(PLOGI payload) ........................................... 61
Vendor Version Level(PLOGI Payload) ...................................................... 62
ACC payload for PLOGI............................................................................... 62
LOGO payload .............................................................................................. 63
ACC payload for LOGO ............................................................................... 63
FLOGI payload.............................................................................................. 64
Common Service Parameters(FLOGI payload)......................................... 65
N_Port Name(FLOGI payload) .................................................................... 66
Node_Name(FLOGI payload) ...................................................................... 66
Class 3 Service Parameters(FLOGI payload)............................................ 67
Vendor Version Level(FLOGI Payload) ...................................................... 68
ACC payload for FLOGI ............................................................................... 68
RLS payload.................................................................................................. 69
ACC payload for RLS................................................................................... 69
RRQ payload................................................................................................. 70
ACC payload for RRQ .................................................................................. 71
RNC payload ................................................................................................. 72
ACC payload for RNC .................................................................................. 73
FAN Payload ................................................................................................. 74
PRLI payload................................................................................................. 76
ACC payload for PRLI.................................................................................. 78
Response Code ............................................................................................ 79
PRLO payload............................................................................................... 80
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 11 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-46
Table 3-47
Table 3-48
Table 3-49
Table 3-50
Table 3-51
Table 3-52
Table 3-53
Table 4-1
Table 4-2
Table 4-3
Table 4-4
Table 4-5
Table 4-6
Table 4-7
Table 5-1
Table 5-2
Table 5-3
Table 5-4
Table 5-5
Table 6-1
Table 6-2
Table 6-3
Table 6-4
Table 6-5
Table 6-6
Table 6-7
Table 6-8
Table 6-9
Table 6-10
Table 6-11
Table 6-12
Table 6-13
Table 6-14
Table 6-15
Table 6-16
Table 6-17
Table 6-18
Table 6-19
Table 6-20
Table 6-21
Table 6-22
Table 6-23
Table 6-24
Table 6-25
Table 6-26
Table 6-27
Table 6-28
Table 6-29
ACC payload for PRLO ................................................................................ 81
Response Code ............................................................................................ 82
PDISC payload.............................................................................................. 83
ACC payload for PDISC ............................................................................... 84
ADISC payload.............................................................................................. 85
ACC payload for ADISC............................................................................... 85
TPRLO payload............................................................................................. 86
ACC payload for TPRLO.............................................................................. 86
Information Unit ............................................................................................. 90
FCP_CMND Payload ...................................................................................... 90
FCP_XFER_READY Payload ......................................................................... 93
FCP_DATA Payload........................................................................................ 93
FCP_RSP Payload .......................................................................................... 94
Response Information ................................................................................... 96
ESI command format ................................................................................... 101
Standard Command Descriptor Block for 6-byte Commands ................ 104
Standard Command Descriptor Block for 10-byte Commands .............. 104
Standard Command Descriptor Block for 12-byte Commands .............. 105
Operation Code ............................................................................................ 105
Control Byte Format .................................................................................... 108
Format Unit Command Variations.............................................................. 111
Defect List Header........................................................................................ 112
Defect List --- Block Format................................................................... 114
Defect List --- Byte from Index Format ................................................. 114
Defect List --- Physical Sector Format.................................................. 115
Initialization Pattern Descriptor.................................................................. 115
IP Modifier ..................................................................................................... 116
Standard Inquiry Data.................................................................................. 119
Data Transfer Speed .................................................................................... 122
Supported Vital Product Data ................................................................... 123
Unit Serial Number ..................................................................................... 124
Implemented Operating Definition Page ................................................. 125
Operating Definition................................................................................... 126
Device Identification .................................................................................. 126
Jumper Information Page.......................................................................... 127
PCR and Parameter List Length Fields ................................................... 129
SP and DS Fields........................................................................................ 130
Page Control Field (PC) ............................................................................. 130
Log Page Format........................................................................................ 132
Log Page Codes ......................................................................................... 132
Log Parameter ............................................................................................ 133
Threshold Met Criteria ............................................................................... 136
Supported Log Pages ................................................................................ 138
Error Counter Read Page (Page Code = 3H) ............................................ 139
Parameter Codes for Error Counter Pages ............................................. 140
Non-Medium Error Page (Page Code = 6H).............................................. 141
Non-Medium Error Event Parameter Codes............................................ 142
Last n Error Events Page(Page Code = 7H) ............................................. 142
Temperature Page(Page Code = DH) ........................................................ 144
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 12 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-30
Table 6-31
Table 6-32
Table 6-33
Table 6-34
Table 6-35
Table 6-36
Table 6-37
Table 6-38
Table 6-39
Table 6-40
Table 6-41
Table 6-42
Table 6-43
Table 6-44
Table 6-45
Table 6-46
Table 6-47
Table 6-48
Table 6-49
Table 6-50
Table 6-51
Table 6-52
Table 6-53
Table 6-54
Table 6-55
Table 6-56
Table 6-57
Table 6-58
Table 6-59
Table 6-60
Table 6-61
Table 6-62
Table 6-63
Table 6-64
Table 6-65
Table 6-66
Table 6-67
Table 6-68
Table 6-69
Table 6-70
Table 6-71
Table 6-72
Table 6-73
Table 6-74
Table 6-75
Table 6-76
Table 6-77
Table 6-78
Start-Stop Cycle Counter Page(Page Code = 0EH) ................................. 144
Application Client Page(Page Code = 0FH).............................................. 147
General usage application client parameter data................................... 148
Self-Test Results Page(Page Code = 10H) ............................................... 149
Self-Test Results Log Parameter Format ................................................ 150
Self-Test Results Values............................................................................ 151
Informational Exceptions Page (Page Code = 2FH) ................................ 152
Factory Log Page (Page Code = 3EH).................................................... 153
Mode Select Parameter List ...................................................................... 160
Read - Write Error Recovery Page (Page Code = 1H) ............................. 163
Error Control Bit Combinations................................................................ 166
Disconnect - Reconnect Page (Page Code = 2H ) ................................... 169
Format Device Page (Page Code = 3H)..................................................... 172
Rigid Disk Geometry Page (Page Code = 4H) .......................................... 175
Verify Error Recovery Page (Page Code = 7H)......................................... 178
Caching Page (Page Code = 8H) ............................................................... 179
Control Mode Page (Page Code = AH)...................................................... 182
Notch and Partition Page (Page Code = CH)............................................ 185
XOR Control Page (Page Code = 10H)...................................................... 187
Enclosure Service Management Page (Page Code = 14H)..................... 189
Fibre Channel Specification Page (Page Code = 19H)............................ 190
Power Condition Control Page (Page Code = 1AH) ................................ 192
Informational Exceptions Control Page (Page Code = 1CH).................. 193
Method of Reporting Informational Exceptions field ............................. 195
MODE SELECT (10) Header ...................................................................... 198
Mode Sense Data........................................................................................ 201
Sense Data Length..................................................................................... 202
Mode Page 1H Descriptor Value ................................................................ 204
Mode Page 2H Descriptor Value................................................................ 205
Mode Page 3H Descriptor Value................................................................ 206
Mode Page 4H Descriptor Value................................................................ 207
Mode Page 7H Descriptor Value................................................................ 208
Mode Page 8H Descriptor Value................................................................ 209
Mode Page AH Descriptor Value ............................................................... 210
Mode Page CH Descriptor Value ............................................................... 211
Mode Page 10H Descriptor Value.............................................................. 212
Mode Page 10H Descriptor Value.............................................................. 213
Mode Page 19H Descriptor Value.............................................................. 214
Mode Page 1AH Descriptor Value ............................................................. 215
Mode Page 1CH Descriptor Value ............................................................. 216
MODE SENSE (10) Header......................................................................... 218
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Service Action Code ................................... 220
READ KEYS Parameter Data..................................................................... 220
READ RESERVATION Parameter Data..................................................... 221
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN reservation descriptor ................................ 222
Persistent reservation scope codes ........................................................ 224
Persistent Reservation Type Code........................................................... 225
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Service Action Code ............................... 227
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List ................................. 228
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 13 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-79 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Service Actions and Valid Parameters.. 230
Table 6-80 Read Buffer Mode ...................................................................................... 234
Table 6-81 Read Buffer Header.................................................................................... 236
Table 6-82 Read Buffer Descriptor.............................................................................. 237
Table 6-83 Echo Buffer Descriptor.............................................................................. 237
Table 6-84 Read Capacity Data.................................................................................... 239
Table 6-85 Defect List Format...................................................................................... 240
Table 6-86 Read Defect Header ................................................................................... 241
Table 6-87 Read Defect Header ................................................................................... 244
Table 6-88 Reassign Blocks Defect List ..................................................................... 248
Table 6-89 REPORT LUNS Parameter List Format.................................................... 254
Table 6-90 Self-Test Code Field Values ...................................................................... 262
Table 6-91 Diagnostic Page Format ............................................................................ 265
Table 6-92 Supported Diagnostic Page (Code = 00H)................................................ 266
Table 6-93 Enclosure Configuration page.................................................................. 267
Table 6-94 Enclosure Control page ............................................................................ 267
Table 6-95 Enclosure Status page .............................................................................. 268
Table 6-96 Enclosure Help Text page ......................................................................... 268
Table 6-97 Enclosure String Out page........................................................................ 268
Table 6-98 Enclosure String In page........................................................................... 269
Table 6-99 Enclosure Threshold Out/In page ............................................................ 269
Table 6-100 Enclosure Array Control page................................................................ 270
Table 6-101 Enclosure Array Status page.................................................................. 270
Table 6-102 Enclosure Element Description page .................................................... 271
Table 6-103 Short Enclosure Status page.................................................................. 271
Table 6-104 Translate Address Page (Code = 40H).................................................... 272
Table 6-105 Translation Format................................................................................... 272
Table 6-106 Read Alternate Page (Code = 40H).......................................................... 273
Table 6-107 Diagnostic Parameter List....................................................................... 274
Table 6-108 Sub Command Codes.............................................................................. 275
Table 6-109 Write Buffer Mode .................................................................................... 287
Table 6-110 Write Buffer Header.................................................................................. 288
Table 7-1 Extended Sense Data Format ..................................................................... 295
Table 7-2 Sense Keys ................................................................................................... 297
Table 7-3 Additional Sense Codes & Qualifiers......................................................... 299
Table 7-4 Field Pointer.................................................................................................. 312
Table 7-5 Actual Retry Count....................................................................................... 312
Table 7-6 Progress Indication...................................................................................... 313
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 14 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Preface
This manual describes the specifications of the Small Computer System Interface (SCSI)
functions supported by the HITACHI 3 1/2 model magnetic disk drives.
1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1
APPLICATION
This manual applies to the SCSI logical interface specification and Fibre Channel
logical interface of the magnetic disk drive.
Refer to the individual Product Specifications for the physical specification of the
product.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENT
·Product Specification;
DK32EJ Product Specifications K6602762
·ANSI Specification;
(1) Fibre Channel Protocol for SCSI (FCP) X3.269-199X Revision 012
(2) Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop (FC-AL) X3T11/Project 960D/Rev 4.5
(3) Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop (FC-AL-2) X3T11/Project 1133D/Rev 7.0
(4) Fibre Channel Private Loop SCSI Direct Attach (FC-PLDA) X3T11/Project 1162DT/Rev. 2.1
(5) Fibre Channel Fabric Loop Attachment (FC-FLA) T11/Project 1235-DT/Rev. 2.7
(6) Fibre Channel Physical and Signaling Interface (FC-PH) X3T11/Project 755D/Rev.4.3
(7) Fibre Channel Physical and Signaling Interface-2 (FC-PH-2) X3T11/Project 901D/Rev.7.4
(8) Fibre Channel Physical and Signaling Interface-3 (FC-PH-3) X3T11/Project 1119D/Rev.9.4
(9) Small Computer Systems Interface-2 (SCSI-2) X3.301-1997
(10) SCSI-3 Primary Commands (SPC) X3T10/Project 955D/Rev 11a
(11) SCSI-3 Block Commands (SBC) X3T10/Project 996D/Rev 8c
(12) SCSI-3 Primary Commands-2 (SPC-2) X3T10/Project 1236D/Rev 20
(13) SCSI-3 Primary Commands-3 (SPC-3) X3T10/Project 1416D/Rev 5
(14) SCSI-3 Controller Commands (SCC) X3T10/Project 1047D/Rev 6c
(15) SFF-8045 Specification for 40-pin SCA-2 Connector w/Parallel Section Rev 4.5
(16) SFF-8067 Specification for 40-pin SCA-2 Connector w/Bidirectional ESI Rev 2.8
(17) SCSI-3 Enclosure Service Command set (SES) X3T10/Project 1212D/Rev 8b
(18) Fibre Channel Physical Interface (FC-PI) NCITS/Project 1235D/Rev 13
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 15 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
1.3
FUNCTION OUTLINE
The disk drive is connected to the host computer through the Fibre Channel
Interface.
The word “Controller” may be substituted for the disk drive since this manual
describes only Fibre Channel interface functions which are implemented by the
controller in the disk drive.
It’s features are listed below.
(1)
ANSI STANDARD COMPLIANCE
The disk drive implements the SCSI-2 and some SCSI-3 specifications and Fibre
Channel Interface specifications which conform to the ANSI standard listed in
article 1.2.
(2)
AUTOMATIC ALTERNATE ASSIGNMENT/ACCESS
By the FORMAT UNIT or REASSIGN BLOCKS command, alternate sectors are
automatically assigned in place of defective sectors. An alternate sector is
allocated next to the defective sector on FORMAT UNIT, so, extra rotational
latency may be avoided. The access to an alternate sector is done automatically on
the read or write operation.
(3)
AUTOMATIC ERROR CORRECTION
The automatic error correction scheme with ECC is capable for an error correction
of the medium defect. The On the Fly error correction is also capable for the
medium defect and does not require the extra rotational delay.
Refer to the Product Specifications for details.
(4)
AUTOMATIC ERROR RETRY
The error recovery function is automatically initiated in case that an error
occurred during access to the disk drive.
(5)
AUTOMATIC POWER-SAVING CONTROL
The automatic power-saving function is supported to reduce the power
consumption and increase the life time of the magnetic heads and the electronic
circuits. This is automatically initiated in an idle condition whenever there are
no pending process by the host command.
(6)
AUTOMATIC READ/WRITE REALLOCATION
The automatic read/ write reallocation function is supported. When an error is
detected on reading the data(assuming a data field recoverable error) or writing
the data(assuming a servo field error), this function automatically assigns an
alternate sector in place of the defective sector and stores the data on the
alternated sector prior to sending the completion status.
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 16 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(7)
COMMAND QUEUING
One command per initiator(host computer) is enqueued(Untagged Command
Queuing) and/or maximum 128 commands as total number of commands from all
host computers are enqueued(Tagged Command Queuing).
(8)
COMMAND RE-ORDERING
The disk drive executes the multiple tagged commands with the advanced
command re-ordering algorithm. It can optimize the execution time of enqueued
commands and provide the high performance for a random or multi-threading
access environment.
(9)
COMPACT DRIVE w/EMBEDDED CONTROLLER
The disk drive with fully embedded SCSI controller has the 3 1/2 inch industrial
standard form factor.
(10) DEFERRED ERROR REPORTING
The deferred error function reports an error to the subsequent command received
from the host computer if an error occurs after the completion with the GOOD
status returned.
(11) DOWN-LOADABLE FIRMWARE
The firmware can be changed by the multi-WRITE BUFFER commands.
(12)
HIGH-SPEED DATA TRANSFER
High-Speed Data Transfer modes are available as follows.
· Max. 200MB/S
· Max. 100MB/S
(13) MULTI-HOST/MULTI-TARGET CONNECTION
Based on the Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop (FC-AL), maximum 126
devices(including host computers) and one fabric can be connected on the same
loop. Therefore, a flexible system configurations can be available.
However, the number of connectable host computers is a maximum of 32.
(14) MULTI-SEGMENTED BUFFER
The large capacity data buffer is equipped and this is maintained as a multisegmented buffer. A multi-segmented buffer scheme provides a high performance
for a read/write from the host computer which has the multi-tasking feature.
Refer to the Product Specifications for the data buffer size.
(15) READ AHEAD CACHE
The read ahead cache function provides a high performance for a sequential read
access. Reading data which the host computer has not yet requested into data
buffer is done in advance and directly transferring data to the host computer is
done without any latency at sequential access.
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 17 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(16) SECTOR INTERLEAVE
A 1 : 1 interleave is supported.
(17) SELECTABLE BLOCK LENGTH
A 512 bytes block length is supported as a default and other block length is also
available after the disk re-format.
Refer to the Product Specification for details.
(18) SMART(Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting)
The SMART(Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting) function is supported. This
function enables to perform an analysis, logging and reporting the error to the host
computer by the disk drive itself .
(19) TRACK/CYLINDER SKEW
In order to avoid a rotational latency for the seek to the adjacent head or cylinder,
Head/ Cylinder Skew function which shifts the sector configuration at the head/
cylinder boundary (between the last sector of the head/ cylinder and the first sector
of the next head/ cylinder) is supported, so that the read write head can be
positioned to the first sector of the next head/ cylinder. Therefore, reading/
writing of contiguous blocks is done without an extra rotational delay, even if an
access is done over the physical track/cylinder boundary.
(20) WRITE CACHE
The write cache function provides a high performance for a sequential write access.
It may return the completion with the GOOD status for a WRITE command after
successfully receiving the data from the host computer and prior to having
successfully stored the data on the disk medium.
(21)
DUPLEX FUNCTION
During the data transferring , the disk Drive can queue commands received in
same port.
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 18 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
1.4
GLOSSARY
Bit number
A number that represents the weighted position of one byte.
Bit n represents a value of 2n.
Command Descriptor Block A command block that is used to communicate requests
from
(CDB) :
an initiator to a target.
XXH , XXh
A hexadecimal representation of a number (XX with a
subscript H/h represents a hexadecimal number).
Initiator
A SCSI device (usually a host computer) that requests
another SCSI device to perform an operation.
Logical unit
A physical device that is addressable through a target.
Logical unit number (LUN) An encoded 6 - bit identifier for a logical unit.
Reserved (or R)
A term used for a bits, bytes, fields, or code values that are
set aside for future standardization.
Target
An SCSI device (usually a disk drive w/ SCSI controller)
that performs an operation that is requested by an
initiator.
Vendor unique (VU)
A bit, byte, field, or code value that can be uniquely
specified by each vendor.
Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop One form of the topology in a fiber channel.
(FC-AL)
An Arbitration is performed, in case it consists of
Node/Fabric of a maximum of 127 and a circuit is built on
a loop.Topology in a fiber channel One form.
Arbitrated Loop Physical Address Address information assigned to a meaning for
(AL_PA)
every port in FC-AL. Each port gains AL_PA
through loop initialization processing (the port
which has not gained AL_PA shifts to nonparticipating mode).
Private Loop
FC-AL which is not connected to Fabric (it is Public Loop
when connecting with Fabric).
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 19 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
L_Port
A port connectable with FC-AL. (In Node, it is NL_Port.
In Fabric,it is FL_Port)
Circuit
It is built by two arbitrary ports on FC-AL. Transmission of
a frame is possible only among 2 ports which built the
circuit.
Node
The device which has a Fiber Channel Interface.
Fabric
An entity that interconnects various N_Ports attached to
it and is capable of routing frames by using only the D_ID
information in a frame header.
Frame
An indivisible unit of information used by Signaling
Protocol.
Data Frame
A frame containing information meant for FC-4/ULP(SCSI)
or the Link application.
Sequence
A set of one or more Data Frames with a common identifier
transmitted unidirectionally from one N_Port to another
N_Port.
Exchange
The basic mechanism which transfers information
consisting of one or more related non-concurrent
Sequences which may flow in the same or opposite
directions.
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 20 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
2
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
This chapter describes the logical subjects of Product Specification.
Refer to the Product Specification for physical information which are not included
herein.
2.1
ADDRESSING
The host computer addresses the target logical unit (controller and drive) using the
methods described below.
(1) AL_PA
The device connected to FC-AL acquires address information (AL_PA) through loop
initialization processing.
AL_PA is uniquely assigned to every which is connected on the same loop device (an
initiator or target).
(2) Logical unit number
The host computer can address a logical unit in one of the following ways :
· Specifying the logical unit in the logical unit number field of the FCP_CMND
Payload.
Note : The controller supports only the logical unit number 0.
2.2
DISK FORMAT
2.2.1 CYLINDER ALLOCATION
All cylinders on disks are assigned for the system area and the user area. The
system area is preserved for the controller’s use and may not be accessible from
the host computer.
The system area is allocated on both outermost cylinders, and it contains the
following types of data ;
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 21 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
· Control parameters (MODE SELECT, INQUIRY and LOG)
· Defect list (manufacture and grown)
· Control program (Downloadable Firmware) etc.
The data in system area is duplicated for data integrity.
The user area consists of the diagnostic cylinder, the data area. The user area,
except the data area, may not be accessible from the host computer.
The diagnostic cylinder is allocated for the diagnostic use when the SEND
DIAGNOSTIC command is executed and is called "CE Cylinder".
The user data is stored in the data area.
2.2.2 FORMAT PROCESSING
The host computer can format the data area by using FORMAT UNIT and MODE
SELECT command.
It can also reallocate each defective block by using REASSIGN BLOCKS
command.
Note :
This SCSI controller formats the diagnostic cylinder as well as the data
area when a Format Unit command is executed.
The outline of the format process is given below. The detail of format processing
is shown in the description of ;
·FORMAT UNIT command ( Refer to 6.1 ),
·REASSIGN BLOCKS command ( Refer to 6.18 )
·MODE SELECT command ( Refer to 6.5 ).
(1)
Block Length
The Block Length indicates the byte length which is the minimum unit of data
that can be accessed from the host computer.
The default value of block length is 512 bytes.
The block length can be changed by specifying the necessary values of MODE
SELECT command in fields given below.
·Block Descriptor
Byte 5,6,7
Block Length
·Format parameter
Byte 12, 13
Data Bytes per physical sector
The value specified in both of these fields should be the same. If the values
differ , the value entered in the Block Descriptor will be used.
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 22 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(2)
Alternate Spare Area
The controller allocates 14 local alternate cylinders per notch as an Alternate
Spare Area for the defective sector.
(3)
Defect Management
Defect management is the assignment of alternate spare sectors for defective
sectors caused by media flaws.
The host computer may access the data block as defect-free media by the defect
management.
The defect management consists of four schemes based on four defect sources as
shown below.
P scheme --- Defects identified by manufacturing process.
These defects are recorded in the system area as P list.
( Primary Defect list )
C scheme --- Defects detected by medium verification.
D scheme --- Defects specified by defect list of FORMAT UNIT command from the
host computer.
G scheme --- Defects grown after manufactured.
These defects are detected by previous C and D scheme, and recorded
in the system area as G list. ( Grown Defect list )
The host computer may specify any combination of defect management schemes
with CDB ( Command Descriptor Block ) of FORMAT UNIT command and defect
list.
The controller uses P, C and G schemes as a default mode if the defect
management scheme is not specified ( i.e., CDB byte 1, Bit 4, FmtData = 0).
(4)
Sector Interleave
In order to facilitate speed matching between host bus transfer rate and the disk
drive transfer rate, the sector interleave function allows formatting " Physical
Block ( sector ) " and "Logical Block " with a specified interval.
The Interleave value is specified by the CDB of the FORMAT UNIT command,
this controller supports sector Interleave factor (n=1) only.
(5)
Track Skew
In order to avoid a rotational latency on the head switching, the controller
implements Track Skew which shifts the sector arrangement from each other
among tracks in the same cylinder.
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 23 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Figure 2-1 explains the details of Track Skew.
Sector
Sector Number
Head 0
0
1
2
N-1
N
Head 1
2
3
4
0
1
n sectors
Figure 2-1 Track Skew (Skew Factor n)
(6)
Cylinder Skew
The controller implements Cylinder Skew which shifts the sector array between
cylinders ( i.e., between the last track of a cylinder and the first track of the next
cylinder) to avoid a rotational latency when a 1 track seek is performed.
Cyl m
Last Head
N
0
-
-
Cyl (m+1)
Head 0
-
-
0
1
n sectors
Figure 2-2 Cylinder Skew ( Skew Factor n )
When the skew factor n (the physical sector number between the last logical
block of a certain cylinder and the first logical block of the next cylinder)
corresponds to the 1 track seeking time, the continuous blocks over two cylinders
can be accessed with minimum rotational latency.
(7)
Format Processing
The controller formats all data area and makes logical blocks accessible from the
host computer by FORMAT UNIT command in accordance with specified block
length, alternate spare area, defect management, sector interleave and skew
factor(s).
All data in the Data Area is deleted by executing the FORMAT UNIT command.
The controller identifies a sector which was specified by defect schemes ( P, D and
G schemes ) as defective, and assigns an alternate spare sector for the defective
sector.
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 24 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The replacement sector is assigned to the next defective sector, to reduce
rotational latency.
The controller executes a verification after formatting if C scheme is specified. If
an error is found, the controller identifies the error sector as defective and
reformats the track and the cylinder.
The controller adds defects identified by D and C schemes to the current G list
and saves the new G list in the system area.
(8)
Block Reassignment
Unrecoverable error blocks caused by growing defects may be reassigned by the
REASSIGN BLOCKS command.
By REASSIGN BLOCKS command, the controller identifies one or more sectors
of the specified logical block as defective, and reassigns them as alternate spare
sectors.
The error block address ( logical block address ) is informed to the host computer
by information bytes of sense data.
An example of reallocating an alternate spare sector is shown in Figure 2-3.
Error sector
Before
0
1
2
Sector number
3
N
Alternate
Spare Sector
(Reserved
Sector)
N
1
Defective sector (Bad Sector)
After
0
2
3
Reallocated (with sector skipping)
Figure 2-3 Sector Reallocation
(9)
Suggestion for Format Processing
· It is required to reformat medium by the FORMAT UNIT command if the
block length and/or the number of alternate spare area was changed by the
MODE SELECT command.
A command to access the medium is reported the CHECK CONDITION
status with the NOT READY sense key and Medium Format Corrupted
sense code if the FORMAT UNIT command is not executed after the change
with the related Mode parameter.
·
This sense key is also reported when the Format command is terminated
during a format.
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 25 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
·
It is suggested to specify P, G and C schemes ( i.e., to use Primary and Grown
lists, and
to execute verify processing ) when specifying defect
management.
· The D scheme of defect management is not necessary for normal operation.
Since the controller automatically reads P and G lists in system area and
formats medium, the host computer does not need to specify the defect.
The D scheme is convenient for simulating defective sectors for evaluation
purpose.
· It is suggested to set TB(Transfer Block) bit in Error Recovery Parameter of
the MODE SELECT command and to issue the READ command for an error
block if error data is needed for the data recovery of the block which the
REASSIGN BLOCKS command is applied to.
The controller transfers the error block data to the host computer.
2.3
ERROR RETRY
The controller performs the following retry procedures when an error is detected.
The following explanation describes only typical retry method.
The controller may use the retry method which is not described in this manual
when an actual retry procedure is taken.
2.3.1 READ ERROR RETRY
The controller retries up to 255 times for read error while utilizing Track offset
and/or Slice Level function etc. An error count is made per each sector.
The host computer can change the error management of the controller with the
read-write error recovery parameter (Page Code 1H) of the MODE SELECT
command.
2.3.2 WRITE ERROR RETRY
The controller retries up to 255 times with the Slice Level etc.
The host computer can change the error management of the controller with the
read-write error recovery parameter (Page Code 1H) of the MODE SELECT
command.
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 26 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
2.3.3 VERIFY ERROR RETRY
The controller performs the same retry as the read error retry mentioned in
section 2.3.1 READ ERROR RETRY for the verify error during the verify
operation.
The host computer can change the error management of the controller with the
verify error recovery parameter (Page Code 7H) of the MODE SELECT command.
2.3.4 SEEK ERROR RETRY
The controller performs the same retry as the read error retry or write error retry
mentioned in section 2.3.1 READ ERROR RETRY and 2.3.2 WRITE ERROR
RETRY for seek error during the seek action.
2.3.5 SPINDLE ERROR RETRY
The controller retries the spin up operation 4 times when a start spindle error
occurs during execution of the Start Unit command or the Auto Start operation.
The controller also retries the spin up operation once when an unexpected spin
down error occurs during execution of the medium access command.
2.3.6 ERROR RETRY CONTROL
The host computer can change the number of retries of the controller with the
error recovery parameter of MODE SELECT command.
The error recovery parameter may be specified to the controller by each host
computer independently.
The summary of error control is explained below.
Refer to the description of 6.5 MODE SELECT command.
(1) Default Mode
The controller specifies the processing given below as Default Mode.
·Executing the following number of retries until error is recovered.
Read Error
128 retries
Write Error
128 retries
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 27 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
·However, if the error in the data field is correctable by ECC the controller
corrects the error using ECC, and terminates the recovery procedure
(this is applicable when EER=1).
(2) Retry Count
The host computer can select the retry count by specifying the counts to the retry
count field of the error recovery parameter.
Notes for Retry Count
·It is recommended to specify the retry count value at more than 128 times in
normal operation.
·The controller performs the internal retry before the execution of retries
specified by the host computer. If an error is correctable, the controller corrects
the error using ECC during the internal retry. When the error is recovered by
the internal retry, the controller may not report the recovered error to the host
computer even if the PER of MODE Parameter page 01H is set.
2.4
SUPPORTED SCSI COMMANDS
This controller supports the group 0,1,2 and 5 commands listed in Table 2-1 based on
SCSI-2 command set and additionally some SCSI-3 command set.
Table 2-1 Commands Supported
Operation
Code
00H
01H
03H
04H
07H
08H
0AH
0BH
12H
15H
16H
17H
1AH
1BH
1CH
1DH
Group 0 Command Name
TEST UNIT READY
REZERO UNIT
REQUEST SENSE
FORMAT UNIT
REASSIGN BLOCKS
READ
WRITE
SEEK
INQUIRY
MODE SELECT
RESERVE
RELEASE
MODE SENSE
START/STOP UNIT
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
Reference
6.32
6.26
6.23
6.1
6.18
6.11
6.34
6.27
6.2
6.5
6.24
6.20
6.7
6.30
6.19
6.29
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 28 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Operation
Code
25H
28H
2AH
2BH
2EH
2FH
35H
37H
3BH
3CH
3EH
3FH
Operation
Code
41H
4CH
4DH
50 H
51 H
52 H
55H
56H
57H
5AH
5EH
5FH
Operation
Code
A0H
B7H
Group 1 Command Name
Reference
READ CAPACITY
READ (EXTENDED)
WRITE (EXTENDED)
SEEK (EXTENDED)
WRITE AND VERIFY
VERIFY
SYNCHRONIZED CACHE
READ DEFECT DATA
WRITE BUFFER
READ BUFFER
READ LONG
WRITE LONG
Group 2 Command Name
6.14
6.12
6.35
6.28
6.36
6.33
6.31
6.15
6.37
6.13
6.17
6.38
Reference
WRITE SAME
LOG SELECT
LOG SENSE
XDWRITE
XPWRITE
XDREAD
MODE SELECT (10)
RESERVE(10)
RELEASE(10)
MODE SENSE (10)
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT
Group 5 Command Name
6.39
6.3
6.4
6.41
6.42
6.40
6.6
6.25
6.21
6.8
6.9
6.10
Reference
REPORT LUNS
READ DEFECT DATA(12)
6.22
6.16
This controller does not support the group 0, 1 and 2 commands listed in Table 2-2
based on SCSI-2 command set.
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 29 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 2-2 Commands Not Supported
Operation Code
18H
1EH
Operation Code
30H
31H
32H
33H
34H
36H
39H
3AH
Operation Code
40H
Group 0 Command Name
COPY
PREVENT/ALLOW MEDIUM
REMOVAL
Group 1 Command Name
SEARCH DATA HIGH
SEARCH DATA EQUAL
SEARCH DATA LOW
SET LIMITS
PRE-FETCH
LOCK/UNLOCK CACHE
COMPARE
COPY AND VERIFY
Group 2 Command Name
CHANGE DEFINITION
2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OUTLINE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 30 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3
FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
This chapter describes the Fibre Channel(FC) Interface that this controller support as
the host interface.
3.1
TOPOLOGY
Fibre Channel has three types of its topology as listed below.
Point-to-Point Topology
Fabric Topology
Loop Topology
See the Figure 3-1 and the Table 3-1.
Loop
point to point
Node
N_Port
Public Loop
Node
N_Port
FL_Port
Fabric
Fabric
Node
N_Port
Fabric
F_Port
NL_Port
Node
NL_Port
Node
NL_Port
Node
N_Port
NL_Port
Node
NL_Port
Node
NL_Port
Node
Private Loop
Figure 3-1 Fibre Channel Topology
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 31 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-1 Summary of Fibre Channel Topology
Topology
Loop
Private
Public
Point to point
Fabric
Description
Topology that many number of nodes (up to 126) are connected without Fabric on loop.
Topology that many number of nodes (up to 126) are connected with Fabric on loop.
Topology between 2 nodes.
Topology between 2 nodes through Fabric.
This controller support Private Loop and Public Loop.
The Figure 3-2 show Topology of private loop respectively and the Figure 3-3 show
Topology of public loop respectively.
In case of private loop, topology allows up to 126 node ports on the loop. However,
the number of hosts concurrently access this controller shall be less than or equals
to 32.
Fabric
Node
FL_Port
NL_Port
TX
RX
TX
RX
RX
TX
RX
TX
NL_Port
NL_Port
Node
Node
Figure 3-2 Topology of private loop
In case of public loop, topology allows up to 126 node ports and one fabric port on
the loop. However, the number of hosts concurrently access this controller shall be
less than or equals to 32.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 32 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Fabric
Node
FL_Port
NL_Port
TX
RX
TX
RX
RX
TX
RX
TX
NL_Port
NL_Port
Node
Node
Figure 3-3 Topology of public loop
A controller has two independent ports and connection with the following loops is
possible for it.
·A connection with two independent loops containing a different node(Multi Loop)
·A connection with the loop which consisted of same nodes and doubled only the
loop(Redundant Loop)
The Figure 3-4 and the Figure 3-35 show this controller supports the outline of
loop composition.
Node
DK3xxFC
Node
DK3xxFC
Node
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Port A
Port B
Node
Node
Node
Figure 3-4 Multi Loop
Node
Node
Figure 3-5 Redundant Loop
Note : Only one port is simultaneously effective.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 33 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.2
FRAMES
3.2.1 FRAME FORMAT
The Figure 3-6 shows the frame format used with the Fibre Channel.
Start of Frame Frame Header
4Bytes
24Bytes
Data Field
0-2112Bytes
CRC
4Bytes
End of Frame
4Bytes
Figure 3-6 Frame Format
(1) Start of Frame
The Start of Frame(SOF) delimiter is an Ordered Set that immediately precedes the frame
context.
(2) Frame Header
The Frame Header is used by the link control facility to control link operations, control device
protocol transfers, and detect missing or out of order frames
(3) Data Field
Two Frame Types are defined based on the value of bits 31-28 in the R_CTL field of the
Frame Header:
- FT_0: Link Control Frame(Data Filed Length=0)
- FT_1: Data Frame(Data Filed Length=0-2112)
The Data Field in FT_1 frames may contain optional headers. The Contents of the Data Field
of a frame, excluding Optional Headers and fill bytes are called “Payload”.
(4) CRC
The CRC(Cyclic Redundancy Check) is a four byte field to verify the data integrity of the
Frame Header and Data Field.
(5) End of Frame
The End of Frame(EOF) delimiter is an Ordered Set that immediately follows the CRC.
The Figure 3-7 shows the frame header format.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 34 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Bit
Byte
7
6
0
1
5
4
3
D_ID
(LSB)
4
CS_CTL
(MSB)
6
S_ID
7
(LSB)
8
TYPE
(MSB)
10
F_CTL
11
(LSB)
12
SEQ_ID
13
DF_CTL
14
(MSB)
15
16
SEQ_CNT
OX_ID
(LSB)
(MSB)
19
20
(LSB)
(MSB)
17
18
0
(MSB)
3
9
1
R_CTL
2
5
2
RX_ID
(LSB)
(MSB)
21
22
Parameter
23
(LSB)
Figure 3-7 Frame Header Format
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 35 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(1) R_CTL (Routing Control)
The R_CTL field is used to categorize the frame function.
(2) D_ID (Destination ID)
The D_ID field contains the address identifier of an N_Port or F_Port within the destination
entity.
(3) CS_CTL (Class Control)
The CS_CTL field contains the control information classified by class. (not used)
(4) S_ID (Source ID)
The S_ID field contains the address identifier of an N_Port or F_Port within the source
entity.
(5) TYPE (Data Structure Type)
The TYPE field identifies the protocol of the frame content for Data Frames.
(6) F_CTL (Frame Control)
The F_CTL field contains control information relating to the frame contents. The control
information includes the Exchange Context, Sequence Context, etc.
(7) SEQ_ID (Sequence ID)
The SEQ_ID field contains the SEQ_ID assigned by the Sequence Initiator, and it shall be
unique for a specific D_ID and S_ID pair while the Sequence is Open.
(8) DF_CTL (Data Field Control)
The DF_CTL field specifies the presence of optional headers at the beginning of the Data
Field.
(9) SEQ_CNT
The SEQ_CNT field indicates the sequential order of Data Frame transmission within
sequence or multiple consecutive sequences for the same Exchange.
(10) OX_ID (Originator Exchange ID)
The OX_ID field identifies the Exchange ID assigned by the Originator of the Exchange.
Each Exchange shall be assigned an identifier unique to the Originator or OriginatorResponder Pair.
(11) RX_ID (Responder Exchange ID)
The RX_ID field contains the Exchange ID assigned by the Responder of the Exchange.
(12) Parameter
The Parameter field has two meanings based on frame type. For Link Control frames, this
field is used to carry information specific to the individual Link Control frame. For Data
frames, this field specifies Relative Offset, a four bytes field that contains the relative
displacement of the first byte of the payload of the frame from the base address.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 36 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
This controller support only FT_1 (data frame) in the data field, and the kind of
data
frame is defined by R_CTL of a frame header, and TYPE.
The Table 3-2 shows the specification of the R_CTL/TYPE field supported by this
controller.
Table 3-2 Specification of R_CTL/TYPE field
R_CTL
Routing
0000
0010
0011
0100
1000
1100
TYPE
Information
Solicited Data (0001)
Unsolicited Control(0010)
Solicited Control (0011)
Unsolicited Data (0100)
Solicited Data (0100)
Data Descriptor (0101)
Unsolicited Command (0110)
Command Status (0111)
0010, 0011
0010, 0011
0001 – 0111
(Same as FC-4 Device Data)
Command Code : NOP, ABTS,
RMC, BA_ACC, BA_RJT
Command Code : ACK_N,
P_RJT, P_BSY, LCR
FC-4 Device_Data
FC-4 Video_Data
Basic/Extended Link_Data
Data Frame
FC-4 Device_Data
SCSI-FCP
08x
FC-AL
23x
FC Service
20x
01x
Extended Link_Data
FC-4 Link_Data
Video_Data
00x
Basic Link_Data
Note
Payload
FCP_DATA
RFC-4
XFER_RDY
FCP_CMND
FCP_RSP
-
Link_Control frame
Class 1, 2 only
Used for transmission of the original data
(FCP InformationUnit etc)
Used for transmission of the vender unique
data
Used for transmission of the Link Service
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 37 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Table 3-3 shows the specification of the F_CTL field supported by this
controller.
Table 3-3 F_CTL field
Byte
2
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
7
6
5-4
3
2
1
0
7-6
5-4
3
2
1-0
Contents
Exchange Context
0 = Originator of Exchange, 1 = Responder of Exchange
Sequence Context
0 = Originator of Sequence, 1 = Responder of Sequence
First_Sequence
0 = Sequence other than first of Exchange, 1 = First Sequence of
Exchange
Last_Sequence
0 = Sequence other than last of Exchange, 1 = Last Sequence of
Exchange
End_Sequence
0 = Data frame other than last of Sequence, 1 = Last Data frame of
Sequence
End_Connection (Class 1) or Deactivate Class 4 circuit
Reserved (FC_PH : Chained Sequence)
Sequence Initiative
0 = hold Sequence Initiative, 1 = Transfer Sequence Initiative
X_ID reassigned
Invalidate X_ID
ACK_Form
Data Compression
Data Encryption
Retransmitted Sequence
Unidirectional Transmit (Class 1) or Remove Class 4 circuit
Continue Sequence Condition
Abort Sequence Condition
Relative Offset present
0 = Parameter field not meaningful, 1 = Parameter field – Relative
Offset
Exchange reassembly (Reserved for Exchange reassembly)
Fill Data Bytes : End of Data field - bytes of fill:
00 = 0 bytes of fill,
01 = 1 byte of fill (last byte of Data field),
10 = 2 bytes of fill (last 2 bytes of Data field),
11 = 3 bytes of fill (last 3 bytes of Data field)
Support Note
o
FC-PH
o
FC-PH
o
FC-PH
o
FC-PH
o
FC-PH
o
FC-PH-2
FC-PH-3
FC-PH
o
FC-PH
FC-PH
FC-PH-2
FC-PH-2
FC-PH-3
FC-PH
FC-PH-2
FC-PH
FC-PH
FC-PH
o
FC-PH
FC-PH
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 38 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.3
FIBRE CHANNEL ARBITRATED LOOP(FC-AL)
3.3.1 ARBITRATED LOOP PHYSICAL ADDRESS(AL_PA)
Each port on the Arbitrated Loop have an Arbitrated Loop Physical
Address(AL_PA),
which is determined in the Loop Initialization Process described in 3.3.2.
The Table 3-4 shows AL_PA addressing and the Table 3-5 shows AL_PA value
priorities and the Table 3-6 shows AL_PA mapped to bit maps.
Table 3-4 AL_PA addressing
Values(hex)
00
01-EF
F0
F1-F6
F7-F8
FB,FD,and FE
FF
Use
Reserved for the FL_Port
Contains 127 valid address
Reserved for fairness
These values do not have neutral running disparity
Reserved for Loop Initialization
Reserved for future use
Reserved to address all ports in broadcast
Table 3-5 AL_PA value priorities
Values(hex)
00
01
EF
F0
Priority
Highest priority address(assigned to the FL_Port)
Highest priority NL_Port address
Lowest priority NL_Port address
Used only by the fairness algorithm and has no priority
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 39 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-6 AL_PA mapped to bit maps
AL_PA Bit
(hex) Word
0
00
0
01
0
02
0
04
0
08
0
0F
0
10
0
17
0
18
0
1B
0
1D
0
1E
0
1F
0
23
0
25
0
26
0
27
0
29
0
2A
0
2B
0
2C
0
2D
0
2E
0
31
0
32
0
33
0
34
0
35
0
36
0
39
0
3A
0
Map
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AL_PA Bit
(hex) Word
3C
1
43
1
45
1
46
1
47
1
49
1
4A
1
4B
1
4C
1
4D
1
4E
1
51
1
52
1
53
1
54
1
55
1
56
1
59
1
5A
1
5C
1
63
1
65
1
66
1
67
1
69
1
6A
1
6B
1
6C
1
6D
1
6E
1
71
1
72
1
Map
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AL_PA Bit
(hex) Word
73
2
74
2
75
2
76
2
79
2
7A
2
7C
2
80
2
81
2
82
2
84
2
88
2
8F
2
90
2
97
2
98
2
9B
2
9D
2
9E
2
9F
2
A3
2
A5
2
A6
2
A7
2
A9
2
AA
2
AB
2
AC
2
AD
2
AE
2
B1
2
B2
2
Map
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AL_PA Bit
(hex) Word
B3
3
B4
3
B5
3
B6
3
B9
3
BA
3
BC
3
C3
3
C5
3
C6
3
C7
3
C9
3
CA
3
CB
3
CC
3
CD
3
CE
3
D1
3
D2
3
D3
3
D4
3
D5
3
D6
3
D9
3
DA
3
DC
3
E0
3
E1
3
E2
3
E4
3
E8
3
EF
3
Map
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
‘-‘is reserved for the Lbit(Fabric Login required);
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 40 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.3.2 LOOP INITIALIZATION
When this controller is turned on and becomes ready and the Arbitrated Loop is
detected, this controller perform the Loop Initialization process.
The Loop Initialization is performed by ARBx(Arbitrate), LIP(Loop Initialization),
CLS(Close) primitives, and the following Loop Initialization frames.
LISM: Select Master based on 8-byte Port_Name
LIFA: Fabric Assign AL_PA bit map
LIPA: Previously Acquired AL_PA bit map
LIHA: Hard Assigned AL_PA bit map
LISA: Soft Assigned AL_PA bit map
LIRP: Report AL_PA position map
LILP: Loop AL_PA position map
The Table 3-7 shows the type of LIP and the Figure 3-8 shows the structure of Loop
Initialization frame.
Table 3-7 Type of LIP
LIP Reason Code
F7,F7
F7,AL_PS
Use
Initializing LIP
Initializing LIP
F8,F7
Loop Failure LIP
F8,AL_PS
Loop Failure LIP
AL_PD,AL_PS
Selective Reset LIP
Description
It’s used by originating L_Port to acquire an AL_PA.
It’s used by originating L_Port(identified by AL_PS) to
reinitialize the Loop.
It’s used by originating L_Port to indicate that a Loop
Failure has been detected at its receiver.(L_port does
not have a valid AL_PA.)
It’s used by the originating L_Port (identified by AL_PS)
to indicate that Loop Failure has been detected at its
receiver.
It’s used by the originating L_Port (identified by AL_PS)
to reset the NL_Port(identified by AL_PD).
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 41 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Start_Of_Frame delimeter (4bytes)
SOFil
Frame_Header (24bytes)
22xxxxxxxx
00xxxxxx
01380000
00000000
(FL_Port xxxxxxxx = 00000000, NL_Port xxxxxxxx = 000000EF)
FFFFFFFF
00000000
Payload(12,20, or 132bytes)
LI_ID
8-byte Port_Name
and
16-byte AL_PA bit map
LI_FL
128-byte AL_PA position map(1-byte offset followed by up to 127 AL_PAs)
LI_ID and LI_FL
1101 0000 ... LISM
1102 0000 ... LIFA
1103 0000 ... LIPA
1104 0000 ... LIHA
1105 0000 ... LISA
1105 0100 ... LISA(LIRP and LIFP supported)
1106 0000 ... LIRP
1107 0000 ... LILP
Cyclic Redundancy Check (4bytes)
CRC
End_Of_Frame delimeter (4bytes)
EOFt
Figure 3-8 Structure of Loop Initialization frame
There are three primary steps involved in loop initialization.
(1) Loop Initialization Select Master Procedure
(2) AL_PA Assignment
(3) Building a Positional Map of the Loop
The flowchart-like view of the Loop Initialization procedure is shown in Figure 3-9.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 42 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Start
Initializing
LIP
Transmit
LIP Received, Transmit received LIP .
Transmit Idle for AL_TIME(=15ms)
Select Loop Master
Transmit LISM,
Received LISM
Compare LISM
Not Arb(F0),and
not equal
Loop Master
Transmit Arb(F0)
Received Arb(F0)
LIP | LP_TOV
timeout
occured
before
Arb(F0)
*Notes
the L_Port may set an AL_PA bit
before transmitting the Loop
Initialization Sequence.
‘( )’ :optional
*Transmit LIFA
Receive LIFA
Receive LIFA
*Transmit LIFA
*Transmit LIPA
Receive LIPA
Receive LIPA
*Transmit LIPA
*Transmit LIHA
Receive LIHA
Receive LIHA
*Transmit LIHA
*Transmit LISA
Receive LISA
Receive LISA
*Transmit LISA
(Transmit LIRP)
( Receive LIRP)
( Receive LIRP)
(Transmit LIRP)
(Transmit LILP)
( Receive LILP)
(Receive LILP)
(Transmit LILP)
Transmit CLS
Receive CLS
LIP | LP_TOV
timeout
occured
before
Arb(F0)
Receive CLS
Transmit CLS
CLS received
CLS transmitted
End
Figure 3-9 Loop initialization flow diagram
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 43 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(1) Loop Initialization Select Master Procedure
Loop Initialization requires a temporary loop master which originates a number of
initialization frames on the loop. If there are not FL_Port on the loop, NL_Port with the
lowest Port_Name will become the temporary loop master. When FL_Port/NL_Port
received LIP, they transmits LIP of the same type as received, and transmits Idle for
AL_TIME (value for AL_TIME is 15ms).After each loop port has transmitted Idle for
AL_TIME, each ports begins transmitting a loop initializing frame called the LISM frame
which contains an indication of the port type(FL_Port or NL_Port) and the Port_Name.
When each loop port receives a LISM frame it compares the D_ID,S_ID fields of the header
and port Port_Name and transmits LISM with the lowest Port_Name. Eventually, one of the
loop ports will received its own LISM frame, then the loop port becomes the temporary loop
master. The Port begins transmitting Arb(F0) to inform the other ports that the loop master
selected.
LISM Payload
11010000
8-byte Port Name
(2) AL_PA Assignment
The loop initialization master received Arb(F0) shall transmit the loop Initialization
Sequences
(LI_ID = ‘LIFA,’LIPA’,’LIHA’,and ‘LISA). These Loop Initialization Sequences contains a
16 byte AL_PA bit map in the payload. If FL_Port/NL_Ports assigned AL_PA, transmits
the next
port with AL_PA bit map set binary one(1).
LIFA
LIFA Payload
11020000
16-byte bit map of AL_Pas
The L_Port shall prime the AL_PA bit map with binary zero(0) and set to one(1) the bit that
corresponds to its Fabric Assigned AL_PA. If the L_Port is an FL_Port, it shall set the bit
associated with AL_PA hex’00’. The L_bit may be set if the FL_Port requeres a Fabcic
login. The L_bit shall be set if this is the first initialization attempt by an NL_Port that has
assumed the role of an F/NL_Port.
LIPA
LIPA Payload
11030000
16-byte bit map of AL_Pas
The L_Port shall prime the AL_PA bit map with the AL_PA bit map of the previously
received Loop Initialization Sequence (LI_ID = ‘LIPA’). The L_Port shall check if the bit
that corresponds to its Previously Acquired AL_PA is set. If it is not set to 1, the ports on
the Loop shall set the bit to 1(unless a bit was set in LIFA); if the bit is already set to 1, the
ports on the Loop may attempt a Hard Assigned AL_PA.
LIHA
LIHA Payload
11040000
16-byte bit map of AL_PAs
The L_Port shall prime the AL_PA bit map with the AL_PA bit map of the previously
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 44 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
received Loop Initialization Sequence (LI_ID = ‘LIPA’). The L_Port shall check if the bit
that corresponds to its Hard Assigned AL_PA is set. If it in not set to 1, the L_Port shall set
the bit to 1(unless a bit was set in LIFA or LIPA); if the bit is already set to 1, the ports on
the Loop may attempt a Soft Assigned AL_PA.
LISA
LISA Payload
11050100 16-byte bit map of AL_PAs
or
11050000
The L_Port shall prime the AL_PA bit map with the AL_PA bit map of the previously
received Loop Initialization Sequence (LI_ID = ‘LIHA’). The L_Port shall set the AL_PA
position map, Flag 8 in LI_FL, to one(1). The L_Port may set any available bit to 1 (unless a
bit was set in LIFA,LIPA, or LIHA) which corresponds to its Soft Assigned AL_PA. If a bit
was available , the L_Port shall adjust its AL_PA according to which bit it set and shall
continue in step (3). If no bits ware available, the L_Port remains in the nonparticipating
mode; the L_Port may attempt to re-initialize at the request of the node.
(3) Building a Positional Map of the Loop
When the loop master received Loop Initialization Sequence(LI_ID = ‘LISA’), it checks the
loop initialization identifier value. If the Flag 8 is set to one ( the value is 11050100h),
loop master shall transmit two additional Loop Initialization Sequences as follows:
LIRP
LIRP Payload
11060000 128-byte map of AL_PA physical positions
The L_Port shall set the AL_PA position map to all hex ‘FF’. If the L_Port has an AL_PA,
the AL_PA position map shall be set to hex ‘01xxFFFFFF...FF’ (where ‘xx’ is the AL_PA
of the L_Port). If the L_Port does not have an AL_PA, the AL_PA position map that the
L_Port originates shall be set to hex ‘00FF...FF’.
LILP
LILP Payload
11070000 128-byte map of AL_PA physical positions
The L_Port shall transmit the AL_PA position map which was received int the previous
Loop Initialization Sequence(LI_ID = ‘LI_RP’).
When the last Loop Initialization Sequence (LI_ID = ‘LISA’ or ‘LILP’) is returned, the loop
master shall transmit CLS to place all L_Ports into the Monitoring State. When CLS is received by
the loop master, the l_Port shall make the transition to the MONITORING State, and relinquish its
loop master role.
The L_Port shall use LP_TOV to wait for each of the above Loop Initialization Sequences and
the CLS. If LP_TOV expires before each transmitted Loop Initialization Sequences or CLS is
received, the L_Port shall make the transition to the INITIALIZE state to transmit LIP(F7).
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 45 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.3.3 ARBITRATED LOOP ACCESS
This controller support the access fairness algorithm.
In case that each NL_Port continuously arbitrates to access the loop, the lower
priority NL_Ports cannot gain access to the loop. The access fairness algorithm
gives all NL_Ports an opportunity to arbitrate and win access to the loop.
When an NL_Port has arbitrated for and won access to the Loop and does not
detect that another NL_Port is arbitrating, that NL_Port may keep the existing
circuit open indefinitely or close that circuit and retain ownership of the loop to
open another NL_Port on the loop.
When an NL_Port has access to the loop and detects that another NL_Port is
arbitrating, that NL_Port may close the loop at the earliest possible time. The
NL_Port shall close the loop and arbitrate again in the next access window before
opening a different NL_Port.
3.3.4 PUBLIC LOOP
This controller is Public NL_Port devices and their two ports operate as Public
NL_Port.
A 24-bit NL_Port address identifier (S_ID, D_ID) is divided into three 8-bit fields
(Domain, Area and Port address as shown in Figure 3-10). The AL_PA of NL_Port
corresponds to the Port Address shown in Figure 3-10.
All public NL_Ports on the loop have the same Domain Address and the same Area
Address. Both Domain Address and Area Address of Private NL_Port are 00x.
23
15
Domain
Figure 3-10
7
Area
0
Port
Address Identifier
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 46 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
This controller use the Private Loop Addressing and the Public Loop Addressing
shown in Table 3-8.
Table 3-8 Private Loop Addressing and Public Loop Addressing
Frame sent from
(Note 1)
Frame received by
(Note 1)
Public
NL_Port
Fabric-Attached
N_Port
Local Public
NL_Port
Remote Public
NL_Port
Local Public
NL_Port
Fabric-Attached
N_Port
Public
NL_Port
Remote Public
NL_Port
Local Public
NL_Port
Local Public
NL_Port
Local Public
NL_Port
Local Private
NL_Port
Local Private
NL_Port
Local Public
NL_Port
OPN AL_PD
Source
dest.
Loop
loop
hex’00’
n/a
n/a
D_ID
7:0
hex
D_ID
‘00’
7:0
hex
D_ID
‘00’
7:0
D_ID
7:0(Note 2)
D_ID
7:0
D_ID
7:0
S_ID(Note 1)
23:8
7:0
Local
Source
D&A
AL_PA
N_Port ID
Local
D&A
Remote
D&A
Local
D&A
Source
AL_PA
Source
AL_PA
Source
AL_PA
Local
D&A
hex ‘0000’
Source
AL_PA
Source
AL_PA
D_ID(Note 1)
23:8
7:0
N_Port ID
Remote
D&A
Remote
D&A
Local
D&A
Local
D&A or
hex ‘0000’
hex ’0000’
Local
D&A or
hex ‘0000’
(Note 3)
hex ‘0000’
Dest.
AL_PA
Dest.
AL_PA
Dest.
AL_PA
Dest.
AL_PA
Dest.
AL_PA
Dest.
AL_PA
Local Private
Local Private
D_ID
hex ‘0000’ Source
Dest.
NL_Port
NL_Port
7:0
AL_PA
AL_PA
Note
(Note 1) “D&A” refers to the Domain and Area; “Local” means the Domain and Area on the Local
Loop, ”Remote” means the Domain and Area of the Remote Loop.
(Note 2) The behavior of an FL_Port when it receives a unicast frame from a Local NL_Port destined for
another Local NL_Port is not defined by this report.
(Note 3) After NL_Port login is successful, the transmitted frame uses S_ID which has returned from PLOGI
ACC of D_ID.
The S_ID and D_ID are created by the sender of the frame, and the sender
performs an OPN on the source loop. The FL_Port performs the OPN on the
destination loop; this OPN is received by the frame recipient. If both source and
destination are on the same Local Loop, the OPN shall be performed by the frame
sender only.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 47 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
This Controller determine a 24-bit NL_Port address according to the sequence
shown in Figure 3-11.
LIP
received
Start of Initialization
Exchanges suspended
Select Loop Master
LISM Complete
Loop Initialization
Sequences
End of OPEN-INIT
Not needed
Need to do FLOGI?
Non-FLA
Operation
FLOGI fails
Needed
FAN indicates change or timeout
Receive FAN
FAN indicates
no change
Perform
(FLOGI retries)
FLOGI
FLOGI indicates
change
FLOGI indicates
no change
Address has
Changed
First FLOGI
Completed
R_A_TOV
delay
Register Name Service
Address has not
Changed
Exchanges
resumed
Figure 3-11
Tasks cleared,
Logouts done
Recovery from
Change
Registration
Complete
Initialize
Complete
NL_Port Initialization Flow
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 48 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.4
ORDERED SETS
The Table 3-9 shows the Ordered Sets defined by the Fibre Channel Interface and
this controller support Ordered Sets.
Table 3-9 Ordered Sets
No.
Classification
1 Frame Delimiters
2
3 Primitive Signals
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 Primitive Sequence
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Name
Support
Remarks
SOF(Start of Frame)
Support only SOFi3,SOFn3
EOF(End of Frame)
Support only EOFi,EOFn,EOFa
IDLE
o
R_RDY(Receiver_Ready)
o
ARBx(Arbitrate)
o
OPNyx(Open full-duplex)
o
OPNyy(Open half-duplex)
o
OPNfr(Open broadcast replicate)
OPNyr(Open selective replicate)
CLS(Close)
o
MRKtx(Mark)
NOS(Not Operational)
OLS(Offline)
LR(Link Reset)
LRR(Link Reset Response)
LIP(Loop Initialization)
LIPyx Support only received
LPEyx(Loop Port Enable)
Support only received
LPEfx(Loop Port Enable all)
Support only received
LPByx(Loop Port Bypass)
Support only received
o: Supported, :Conditional Supprted, -: Not Supported
(1) Frame Delimiters
The frame delimiter is an Ordered Set that immediately precedes or follows a
frame context, and consists of the SOF(Start of Frame) and the EOF(End of
Frame).
The Table 3-10 shows SOF delimiters and the Table 3-11 shows EOF delimiters .
Table 3-10
SOF Delimiters
No. Name
Meaning
Remarks
1 SOFc1 Used to request a Class 1 Dedicated Connection.
Not supported
2 SOFi1 Used on the first frame in subsequent sequences after Class 1 Dedicated Not supported
Connection.
3 SOFi2 Used on the first frame to initiate a Sequence for Class 2 Service.
Not supported
4 SOFi3 Used on the first frame to initiate a Sequence for Class 3 Service.
5 SOFn1 Used for all frames except the first frame of a Sequence for Class 1 Service Not supported
6 SOFn2 Used for all frames except the first frame of a Sequence for Class 2 Service Not supported
7 SOFn3 Used for all frames except the first frame of a Sequence for Class 3 Service
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 49 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-11
EOF Delimiters
No. Name
Meanings
Remarks
1 EOFt This delimiter indicates the Sequence associated with this SEQ_ID is
complete.
2 EOFdt This delimiter removes a Dedicated Connection through a Fabric, and also Not supported
Identifies the last ACK of a Sequence and indicates that all Class 1
Sequences associated with this S_ID are terminated.
3 EOFn This delimiter identifies the end of frame when one of the other EOF
delimiters indicating valid frame context is not required.
4 EOFdti This delimiter replaces a recognized EOFdt delimiter on a frame with
Not supported
invalid frame context.
5 EOFni This delimiter replaces an EOFn or EOFt, indicating that the frame
Not supported
context is invalid.
6 EOFa This delimiter terminates a partial frame due to a malfunction in a link
facility during transmission.
(2) Primitive Signals
A Primitive Signal is a signal that has special meaning. The Table 3-12 shows
Primitive Signals.
Table 3-12
Primitive Signals
No. Name
Meaning
Remarks
1 IDLE This Primitive Signal indicates Port is ready for frame transmission
And reception
2 R_RDY This Primitive Signal indicates the interface buffer which received the
frame is available for further frame reception
3 ARBx This Primitive Signal transmitted on a Loop by a participating L_Port to
request access to the Loop.
4 OPNyx This Primitive Signal transmitted on a Loop by a participating L_Port to
indicate that it is ready for Data and Link Control frame transmission and
reception
5 OPNyy This Primitive Signal transmitted on a Loop by a participating L_Port to
indicate that it is ready for Data and Link Control frame transmission and
Link Control frame reception
6 OPNfr This Primitive Signal transmitted on a Loop by a participating L_Port
Not supported
which desires to communicate with all participating L_Ports on the Loop
7 OPNyr This Primitive Signal transmitted on a Loop by a participating L_Port
Not supported
which desires to communicate with a subset of L_Ports on the Loop
8 CLS
This Primitive Signal transmitted L_Port is prepared to or has
relinquished control of the Loop for the current circuit
9 MRKtx This Primitive Signal transmitted on a Loop by a master control point to Not supported
synchronize other Nodes
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 50 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(3) Primitive Sequences
A Primitive Sequence is an Ordered Set that is transmitted repeatedly and
continuously. The Table 3-13 shows Primitive Sequences.
Table 3-13
Primitive Sequences
No. Name
Meaning
1 NOS
This Primitive Sequence is transmitted to indicate that the Port
transmitting this Sequence has detected a Link Failure condition or is
Offline, waiting for OLS to be received
2 OLS
This Primitive Sequence is transmitted to indicate that the port
Remarks
Not supported
Not supported
Transmitting this Sequence is:
-initiating the Link Initialization Protocol,
-receiving and recognizing NOS, or
-entering the Offline State
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
LR
This Primitive Sequence is transmitted by a Port to initiate the Link Reset
Protocol or to recover from a Link Timeout
LRR
This Primitive Sequence is transmitted by a Port to indicate that it is
receiving and recognizes the LR Primitive Sequence
LIP
This Primitive Sequence is used by an L_Port to detect if it is part of a
Loop or to recover from certain Loop errors
LPEyx This Primitive Sequence is transmitted on a Loop to reset the Bypass
Circuit and enable an L_Port that had been previously bypassed without
an intervening LIP being received
LPEfx This Primitive Sequence is transmitted on a Loop to reset all Bypass
Circuit(s) that may have been previously set and enable all L_Port to
participate on the Loop
LPByx The LPByx Primitive Sequence is transmitted on a Loop to set the Bypass
Circuit and to bypass an L_Port
LPBfx The LPByx Primitive Sequence is transmitted on a Loop to set the all
Bypass Circuit and to bypass all L_Port
Not supported
Not supported
LIPyx support
only received
Support only
received
Support only
received
Support only
received
Support only
received
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 51 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5
LINK SERVICE
The Table 3-14 shows the Link Service frames supported by this controller.
Table 3-14
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Classification
Basic Link
Service
Extended Link
Service
Extended Link
Service- Proc.
Extended Link
Service - Alias
Extended Link
Service - Class 4
Extended Link
Service - FC-AL
Link Service Frames
Name
Support
Remarks
Transmit Receive
ABTS(Abort Sequence)
o
BA_ACC(Basic_Accept)
o
BA_RJT(Basic_Reject)
o
NOP(No Operation)
RMC(Remove Connection)
ABTX(Abort_Exchange)
LS_RJT(Link Service Reject)
o
o
ACC(Accept)
o
o
ADVC(Advice Credit)
ECHO(Echo)
ESTC(Estimate Credit)
ESTS (Establish Streaming)
PLOGI(N_Port Login)
o
o
LOGO(Logout)
o
o
FLOGI(Fabric Login)
o
RCS(Read Connection Status)
RES(Read Exchange Status Block)
RLS(Read Link Status)
o
RNC (Report Node Capability Information)
RRQ(Reinstate Recovery Qualifier)
o
RSI(Request Sequence Initiative)
RSS(Read Sequence Status Block)
RTV(Read Timeout Value)
TEST(Test)
FAN(Fabric Assign Notification)
o
PRLI(Process Login)
o
PRLO(Process Logout)
o
o
SCN(State Change Notification)
TPLS(Test Process Login State)
GAID(Get Alias_ID)
FACT(Fabric Activate Alias_ID)
FDACT(Fabric Deactivate Alias_ID)
NACT(N_Port Activate Alias_ID)
NDACT(N_Port Deactivate Alias_ID)
QoSR(Quality of Service Request)
RVCS(Read Virtual Circuit Status)
PDISC(Discover N_Port Service Parm)
o
FDISC(Discover F_Port Service Parm)
ADISC(Discover Address)
o
TPRLO(Third Party Process Logout)
o: Supported, -: Not Supported
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 52 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.1 ABORT SEQUENCE(ABTS)
The Abort Sequence (ABTS) is used to abort a single or multiple Sequence(s) on a
detection of an error.
The ABTS has no payload. The BA_ACC(Basic Accept) is used for the response of
anABTS.
The R_CTL for ABTS is 81h.
3.5.2 BASIC ACCEPT(BA_ACC)
The Basic Accept(BA_ACC) is used to notify the transmitter of a Basic Link
Service request frame that the request has been completed.
The payload contents are defined within individual sections of Basic Link Service
commands.
No Reply Sequence is generated for the BA_ACC.
The Table 3-15 shows the payload of the BA_ACC for the ABTS.
Table 3-15 BA_ACC payload for ABTS
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
SEQ_ID Validity
1
SEQ_ID of last Sequence deliverable to ULP
2
Reserved
3
Reserved
4
1
OX_ID
(MSB)
5
6
7
8
(LSB)
1
1
1
1
1
1
(MSB)
1
RX_ID
1
1
1
Low SEQ_CNT
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
10
11
0
(LSB)
1
1
1
1
1
1
High SEQ_CNT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SEQ_ID Validity
00H: SEQ_ID Invalid
80H: SEQ_ID Valid
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 53 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
SEQ_ID of last Sequence deliverable to ULP
Valid when the SEQ_ID Validity = 80H
OX_ID
Same Value with received ABTS
RX_ID
FFFFh
Low SEQ_CNT
Not used by this controller.
High SEQ_CNT
FFFFh
3.5.3 BASIC REJECT(BA_RJT)
The Basic Reject(BA_RJT) is used to notify the transmitter of a Basic Link Service
request frame that the request has been rejected.
No Reply Sequence is generated for the BA_RJT.
The Table 3-16 shows the payload of the BA_RJT.
Table 3-16 BA_RJT payload
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
0
Reserved
1
Reason Code
2
Reason Explanation
3
Vendor Unique
2
1
0
Reason Code
01h: Invalid Command Code
- The command code in the Sequence being rejected is invalid.
03h: Logical Error
-The request indicated by the command code is invalid or logically inconsistent for the
conditions present.
05h: Logical Busy
- The Basic Link Service is logically busy and unable to process the request at this time.
07h: Protocol Error
- An error has been detected which violates the rules of FC-2 protocol which are not
specified by other error codes.
09h: Unable to perform command request
- The Recipient of a Link Service command is unable to perform the request at this time
FFh: Logical Error
- This controller does not use this code.
Reason Explanation
00h: No Additional Explanation
03h: Invalid OX_ID-RX_ID combination
05h: Sequence Aborted, no Sequence information provided
Vendor Unique
- This controller does not use this field.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 54 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.4 ACCEPT(ACC)
The Accept(ACC) is used to notify the transmitter of an Extended Link Service
request that the Extended Link Service request Sequence has been completed.
The Table 3-17 shows the payload of the ACC. The payload content is defined
within individual Extended Link Service command.
No Reply Sequence is generated for the ACC.
Table 3-17
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
4-
ACC payload
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Parameters
0
0
0
N
(LSB)
Link Service Command Code
02000000h
Parameters
Depends on the Link Service Command for which the ACC is transmitted
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 55 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.5 LINK SERVICE REJECT(LS_RJT)
The Link Service Reject(LS_RJT) is used to notify the transmitter of an Extended
Link Service request that the Extended Link Service request Sequence has been
rejected.
The Table 3-18 shows the payload of the LS_RJT.
No Reply Sequence is generated for the LS_RJT.
Table 3-18
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
LS_RJT payload
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Reserved
5
Reason Code
6
Reason Explanation
7
Vendor Unique
Link Service Command Code
01000000h
Reason Code
01h: Invalid LS_Command Code
03h: Logical Error
05h: Logical Busy
07h: Protocol Error
09h: Unable to perform command request
0Bh: Command Not Supported
FFh: Vendor Unique Error
Other than above: Reserved
Reason Explanation
00h: No Additional Explanation
01h: Service Parameter Error - Options
03h: Service Parameter Error - Initiator Ctl
05h: Service Parameter Error - Recipient Ctl
07h: Service Parameter Error - Rec Data Field Size
09h: Service Parameter Error - Concurrent Seq
0Bh: Service Parameter Error - Credit
0Dh: Invalid N_Port/F_Port Name
0Eh: Invalid Node/Fabric Name
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 56 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
0Fh: Invalid Common Service Parameters
11h: Invalid Association Header
13h: Association Header Required
15h: Invalid Originator S_ID
17h: Invalid OX_ID-RX_ID combination
19h: Command (request) already in progress
1Fh: Invalid N_Port Identifier
21h: Invalid SEQ_ID
23h: Attempt to abort invalid Exchange
25h: Attempt to abort inactive Exchange
27h: Recovery_Qualifier required
29h: Insufficient resources to support Login
2Ah: Unable to supply requested Data
2Ch: Request not supported
Other than above: ReservedParameters
Vendor Unique
This controller does not use this field.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 57 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.6 N_PORT LOGIN(PLOGI)
The N_Port Login(PLOGI) is used to transfer Service Parameters from the
initiated N_Port to the N_Port.
The Table 3-19 shows the payload of the PLOGI, and the Table 3-25 shows the
ACC payload for the PLOGI.
Table 3-19
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
PLOGI payload
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4-19
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Common Service Parameters
0
0
20-27
N_Port Name
28-35
Node Name
36-51
Class 1 Service Parameters(Not Supported)
52-67
Class 2 Service Parameters(Not Supported)
68-83
Class 3 Service Parameters
84-99
Reserved
100-115
Vendor Version Level
Common Service Parameters
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-20
N_Port Name
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-21
Node Name
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-22
Class 3 Service Parameters
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-23
Vendor Version Level
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-24
This field is vender unique and this controller does not use this field.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 58 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-20
Bit
Byte
7
Common Service Parameters(PLOGI payload)
6
5
4
3
0
FC-PH Version(High)
1
FC_PH Version(Low)
2
(MSB)
3
4
Continuou Random
Relative
sly
Increasing Offset
Offset
5
6
(MSB)
2
1
Buffer to Buffer Credit
(LSB)
N_Port/F_ Alternate E_D_TOV Reserved Reserved
Valid
Port(N) BB_Credit Resolution
Vendor
Managem
Version
ent
Level
Reserved
SEQ_CNT Payload
Length
Buffer to Buffer Receive Data Field Size
7
8
(LSB)
(MSB)
Total Concurrent Sequences
9
10
(LSB)
(MSB)
Relative Offset by Info Category
11
12
0
(LSB)
(MSB)
Point to Point E_D_TOV
13
14
15
(LSB)
FC_PH Version (High/Low)
The FC-PH Version which the N_Port is capable of supporting.
2020h:This controller response value.
Buffer to Buffer Credit
Total buffer-to-buffer Credit available for all Classes.
0000h:This controller response value.
Continuously Increasing Offset
Indicates that the N_Port is capable of supporting Continuously Increasing Relative Offset.
1b:This controller response value.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 59 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Random Relative Offset
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Valid Vendor Version Level
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
N_Port/F_Port(N)
Indicates N_Port. or F_Port.
Alternate BB_Credit Management
Indicates that the N_Port is capable of supporting Alternate BB_Credit Management.
1b:This controller response value.
E_D_TOV Resolution
Indicates that the E_D_TOV (0:1ms or 1: 1ns).
0b:This controller response value.
SEQ_CNT
Indicates that the algorithm of SEQ_CNT control
0b:This controller response value.
Payload Length
Indicates that the Payload Length (0:128 or 1:256 (B))
0b:This controller response value.
Buffer to Buffer Receive Data Field Size
Specifies the largest Data Field Size for an FT-1 frame that can be
received by the N_Port.
2112:This controller response value.
Total Concurrent Sequences
Total number of Concurrent Sequences for all 3 classes that an
N_Port is capable of supporting as a Recipient.
FFh:This controller response value.
Relative Offset by Information Category
Indicates on a bit-position basis, whether or not Relative
Offset is supported for the corresponding Information Category.
0002h:This controller response value.
Point to Point E_D_TOV (Error Detect Timeout)
Specifies the E_D_TOV value as a count of 1ms increments.
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Table 3-21
Byte
0-
Bit
7
6
N_Port Name(PLOGI payload)
5
4
3
2
1
N_Port Name
(MSB)
7
(LSB)
Table 3-22
Byte
0-
0
Bit
7
6
(MSB)
7
Node_Name(PLOGI payload)
5
4
3
2
1
0
N_Node Name
(LSB)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 60 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-23
Bit
Byte
0
Class 3 Service Parameters(PLOGI payload)
7
6
Class
Valid
Intermix
mode
Stacked Connection Sequence Dedicated Camp-On
Request
Delivery Simplex
Reserved
X_ID reassignment
Initial Process
ACK_0
ACK_N Reserved
Associator
capability capability
Reserved
1
2
3
4
4
ACK_0
ACK_N
X_ID
capability capability Interlock
5
6
5
3
2
Error Policy
Supported
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Categories per
Sequence
(LSB)
(MSB)
(LSB)
Reserved
(MSB)
End-to-end Credit
11
12
Buffer
Class 1
Concurrent Sequences
9
10
0
Reseive Data Field Size
(MSB)
7
8
1
(LSB)
(MSB)
Open Sequences per Excahnge
13
(LSB)
14
Reserved
15
Reserved
Class Validity = 0/1
Indicates whether the N_Port supports this Class.Only Class3.
1b:This controller response value.
Intermix Mode
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Stacked Connection Request
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Sequence Delivery
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Dedicated Simplex
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Camp-On
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Buffered Class 1
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
X_ID reassignment
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 61 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
00: X_ID reassignment not supported
01: X_ID reassignment supported
10: Reserved
11: X_ID reassignment required and supported
This controller does not use this field and specification of 11b received by LS_RJT.
Initial Process Associator
00: Initial Process_Associator not supported
01: Initial Process_Associator supported
10: Reserved
11: Initial Process_Associator required and supported
This controller does not use this field and specification of 11b received by LS_RJT.
Table 3-24
Bit
Byte
0
7
Vendor Version Level(PLOGI Payload)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Vendor Version Level
(MSB)
1
2
3
(LSB)
Table 3-25
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
ACC payload for PLOGI
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4-19
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Common Service Parameters
0
0
0
0
20-27
N_Port Name
28-35
Node Name
36-51
Class 1 Service Parameters(Not supported)
52-67
Class 2 Service Parameters(Not supported)
68-83
Class 3 Service Parameters
84-99
Reserved
100-115
0
0
0
Vendor Version Level
0
0
0
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 62 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.7 LOGOUT(LOGO)
The Logout(LOGO) requests invalidation of the Service Parameters and
Port_Name
which have been saved by the FC Disk Drive, freeing those resources.
The Table 3-26 shows the payload of the LOGO, and the Table 3-27 shows the ACC
payload for the LOGO.
If a LOGO is received when the N_Port Login has not completed, this controller
discards the LOGO, and sends a LOGO.
Table 3-26
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
LOGO payload
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
4
Reserved
5-7
N_Port Identifier
8-15
Port Name
N_Port Identifier
Used as D_ID of a frame header part, and S_ID.
Table 3-27
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
ACC payload for LOGO
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 63 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.8 FABRIC LOGIN(FLOGI)
The Fabric Login(FLOGI) is used to transfer Service Parameters from this
Controller.
The Table 3-28 shows the payload of the FLOGI, and the Table 3-34 shows the
ACC payload for the FLOGI.
Table 3-28
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
FLOGI payload
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4-19
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Common Service Parameters
0
0
20-27
N_Port Name
28-35
Node Name
36-51
Class 1 Service Parameters(Not Supported)
52-67
Class 2 Service Parameters(Not Supported)
68-83
Class 3 Service Parameters
84-99
Reserved
100-115
Vendor Version Level
Common Service Parameters
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-29
N_Port Name
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-30
Node Name
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-31
Class 3 Service Parameters
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-32
Vendor Version Level
Details of the payload are shown in the Table 3-33
This field is vender unique and this controller does not use this field.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 64 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-29
Bit
Byte
7
Common Service Parameters(FLOGI payload)
6
5
4
3
0
FC-PH Version(High)
1
FC_PH Version(Low)
2
(MSB)
3
4
Continuou Random
Relative
sly
Increasing Offset
Offset
5
6
(MSB)
2
1
Buffer to Buffer Credit
(LSB)
N_Port/F_ Alternate E_D_TOV Reserved Reserved
Valid
Port(N) BB_Credit Resolution
Vendor
Managem
Version
ent
Level
Reserved
SEQ_CNT Payload
Length
Buffer to Buffer Receive Data Field Size
7
8
(LSB)
(MSB)
Total Concurrent Sequences
9
10
(LSB)
(MSB)
Relative Offset by Info Category
11
12
0
(LSB)
(MSB)
Point to Point E_D_TOV
13
14
15
(LSB)
FC_PH Version (High/Low)
The FC-PH Version which the N_Port is capable of supporting.
2020h:This controller response value.
Buffer to Buffer Credit
Total buffer-to-buffer Credit available for all Classes.
0000h:This controller response value.
Continuously Increasing Offset
Indicates that the N_Port is capable of supporting Continuously Increasing Relative Offset.
1b:This controller response value.
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 65 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Random Relative Offset
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Valid Vendor Version Level
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
N_Port/F_Port(N)
Indicates N_Port. or F_Port.
Alternate BB_Credit Management
Indicates that the N_Port is capable of supporting Alternate BB_Credit Management.
1b:This controller response value.
E_D_TOV Resolution
Indicates that the E_D_TOV (0:1ms or 1: 1ns).
0b:This controller response value.
SEQ_CNT
Indicates that the algorithm of SEQ_CNT control
0b:This controller response value.
Payload Length
Indicates that the Payload Length (0:128 or 1:256 (B))
0b:This controller response value.
Buffer to Buffer Receive Data Field Size
Specifies the largest Data Field Size for an FT-1 frame that can be
received by the N_Port.
2112:This controller response value.
Total Concurrent Sequences
Total number of Concurrent Sequences for all 3 classes that an
N_Port is capable of supporting as a Recipient.
FFh:This controller response value.
Relative Offset by Information Category
Indicates on a bit-position basis, whether or not Relative
Offset is supported for the corresponding Information Category.
0002h:This controller response value.
Point to Point E_D_TOV (Error Detect Timeout)
Specifies the E_D_TOV value as a count of 1ms increments.
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Table 3-30
Byte
0-
Bit
7
6
N_Port Name(FLOGI payload)
5
4
3
2
1
N_Port Name
(MSB)
7
(LSB)
Table 3-31
Byte
0-
0
Bit
7
6
(MSB)
7
Node_Name(FLOGI payload)
5
4
3
2
1
0
Node Name
(LSB)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 66 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-32
Bit
Byte
0
Class 3 Service Parameters(FLOGI payload)
7
6
Class
Valid
Intermix
mode
Stacked Connection Sequence Dedicated Camp-On
Request
Delivery Simplex
Reserved
X_ID reassignment
Initial Process
ACK_0
ACK_N Reserved
Associator
capability capability
Reserved
1
2
3
4
4
ACK_0
ACK_N
X_ID
capability capability Interlock
5
6
5
3
2
Error Policy
Supported
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Categories per
Sequence
(LSB)
(MSB)
(LSB)
Reserved
(MSB)
End-to-end Credit
11
12
Buffer
Class 1
Concurrent Sequences
9
10
0
Reseive Data Field Size
(MSB)
7
8
1
(LSB)
(MSB)
Open Sequences per Excahnge
13
(LSB)
14
Reserved
15
Reserved
Class Validity = 0/1
Indicates whether the N_Port supports this Class.Only Class3.
1b:This controller response value.
Intermix Mode
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Stacked Connection Request
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Sequence Delivery
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Dedicated Simplex
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Camp-On
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Buffered Class 1
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
X_ID reassignment
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 67 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
00: X_ID reassignment not supported
01: X_ID reassignment supported
10: Reserved
11: X_ID reassignment required and supported
This controller does not use this field and specification of 11b received by LS_RJT.
Initial Process Associator
00: Initial Process_Associator not supported
01: Initial Process_Associator supported
10: Reserved
11: Initial Process_Associator required and supported
This controller does not use this field and specification of 11b received by LS_RJT.
Table 3-33
Bit
Byte
0
7
Vendor Version Level(FLOGI Payload)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Vendor Version Level
(MSB)
1
2
3
(LSB)
Table 3-34
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
ACC payload for FLOGI
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4-19
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Common Service Parameters
0
0
0
0
20-27
N_Port Name
28-35
Node Name
36-51
Class 1 Service Parameters(Not supported)
52-67
Class 2 Service Parameters(Not supported)
68-83
Class 3 Service Parameters
84-99
Reserved
100-115
0
0
0
Vendor Version Level
0
0
0
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 68 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.9 READ LINK ERROR BLOCK(RLS)
The Read Link Error Status Block (RLS) requests this controller to return the
Link Error Status Block associated with the Port Identifier specified in the RLS
payload.
The Table 3-35 shows the payload of the RLS, and the Table 3-36 shows the ACC
payload for the RLS.
Table 3-35
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
RLS payload
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Link Service Command Code
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
4
Reserved
5-7
N_Port Identifier
Table 3-36
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
ACC payload for RLS
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4-7
0
0
Link Failure Count
8-11
Loss of Synchronization Count
12-15
Loss of Signal Count
16-19
Primitive Sequence Protocol Error
20-23
Invalid Transmission Word
24-27
Invalid CRC Count
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 69 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Link Failure Count
The accumulation value which detected Link Failure.
Loss of Synchronization Count
The accumulation value which detected Loss of Synchronization Count.
Loss of Signal Count
The accumulation value which detected Loss of Signal Count.(Not support)
Primitive Sequence Protocol Error
The accumulation value which detected Primitive Sequence Protocol Error. (Not support)
Invalid Transmission Word
The accumulation value which detected Invalid Transmission Word.
Invalid CRC Count
The accumulation value which detected Invalid CRC Count.
3.5.10
REINSTATE RECOVERY QUALIFIER(RRQ)
The Reinstate Recovery Qualifier (RRQ) is used to notify the destination N_Port
That the Recovery_Qualifier is available for reuse.The Recovery_Qualifier(S_ID,
D_ID, OX_ID, RX_ID, LOW_SEQ_CNT, and HIGH_SEQ_CNT) is associated with
an Exchange in which the Abort Sequence or Abort Exchange was previously
performed.
The Table 3-37 shows the payload of the RRQ, and the Table 3-38 shows the ACC
payload for RRQ.
Table 3-37
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
5
RRQ payload
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
(MSB)
Originator S_ID
6
7
8
(LSB)
(MSB)
9
OX_ID
(LSB)
(cont’d)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 70 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-37 RRQ payload (cont’d)
10
RX_ID
(MSB)
11
(LSB)
12-
Association Header
(MSB)
43
(LSB)
Table 3-38
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
ACC payload for RRQ
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 71 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.11
REQUEST NODE CAPABILITIES INFORMATION(RNC) (Not support)
The Request Node Capabilities Information (RNC) may be used to query an
N_Port to discover what document identifiers it supports.
The Table 3-39 shows the payload of the RNC, and the Table 3-40 shows ACC
Payload for RNC.
Table 3-39
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
7
6
5
0
1
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
RNC payload
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
Payload Length
0
3
4
(LSB)
Select
Reserved
5
Reserved
6
Reserved
7
Vendor Unique Information Length
8
(MSB)
Vendor Identifier
9
10
11
12
(LSB)
(MSB)
Vendor Identifier information(ASCII Code)
13
14
15
16
Invalidate Extended
Previous
Vendor Unique
Reserved
17
Document Identifier
18
High Revision
19
Low Revision
(LSB)
Preference
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 72 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-40
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
ACC payload for RNC
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Payload Length
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
(LSB)
Select
1/0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique Information Length
0
0
0
0
Vendor Identifier
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Invalidate Extended
Previous
Vendor Unique
18
Document Identifier
0
0
High Revision
19
Low Revision
0
0
1
(LSB)
Preference
Reserved
1
0
1
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 73 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.12
FABRIC ADDRESS NOTIFICATION(FAN)
The Fabric Address Notification (FAN) is sent by the Fabric F_Port to all known
previously logged in (FLOGI) and attached ports following an initialization event.
This controller does not reject this link service, but it has no response. This
controller perform FLOGI if FAN indicates change or timeout after receiving FAN
(Refer to Figure 3-11).
The Table 3-41 shows the payload of the FAN.
Table 3-41
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
7
6
5
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
5
FAN Payload
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
(MSB)
Loop Fabric Address
6
7
8
(LSB)
(MSB)
Fabric_Port_Name
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
(LSB)
(cont’d)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 74 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-41 FAN Payload (cont’d)
16
(MSB)
Fabric_Name
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
(LSB)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 75 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.13
PROCESS LOGIN(PRLI)
The Process Login(PRLI) is transmitted from an originator N_Port to this
Controller to identify the capabilities and requirements.
The Table 3-42 shows the payload of the PRLI, and the Table 3-43 shows the ACC
payload for PRLI and the Table 3-44 shows Response Code.
Table 3-42
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
Page Length
1
0
0
Payload Length
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
Type Code or common Service parameters
0
0
0
0
1
0
Type Code extension
0
0
0
0
0
0
Originator Responder Establish
Reserved
process
process
Image
associator associator
pair
valid
valid
7
8
PRLI payload
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
(MSB)
Originator Process associator
9
10
11
12
(LSB)
(MSB)
Responder process associator
13
14
15
(LSB)
16
Reserved
17
Reserved
(cont’d)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 76 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-42 PRLI payload (cont’d)
18
19
Reserved
Reserved
Data
Overlay
Allowed
Initiator
Function
Write
Read
Target Command Data/Resp
XFER_RD XFER_RD
onse
Function
/Data
mixed Y Disabled Y Diasbled
Mixed
Allowed
Allowed
Originator process associator valid
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Responder process associator valid
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Establish Image pair
Indicates whether or not an image pair should be established.
0:Disable 1:Enable
Originator process associator
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Responder process associator
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Data Overlay Allowed
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Initiator Function
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Target Function
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Command/Data mixed Allowed
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Data/Response mixed Allowed
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Read XFER_RDY Disabled
Indicates whether or not the N_Port allows that the FCP _XFER_RDY may not used for SCSI
read operations.
1b:This controller response value.
Write XFER_RDY Disabled
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 77 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-43
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ACC payload for PRLI
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
Page Length
1
0
0
Payload Length
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
Type Code or common Service parameters
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
Type Code extension
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Response Code
Originator Responder Establish Reserved
Image
process
process
pair
associator associator
valid
valid
0
0
0/1
0
Reserved
Originator Process associator
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Responder process associator
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16
Reserved
17
Reserved
18
Reserved
19
2
Reserved
Data
Overlay
Allowed
Initiator
Function
0
0
0
Target Command Data/Resp
Read
Write
Function
/Data
onse
XFER_RD XFER_RD
Mixed
mixed Y Disabled Y Diasbled
Allowed
Allowed
1
0
0
0
0
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 78 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-44
Code
0000
Reserved
0001
Request executed.
Response Code
Meanings
Remarks
0010
Target image has no resources available for establishing image
pairs between the specified source and destination N_Ports. The
PRLI request may be retried.
0011
Initialization is not complete for the target image. The PRLI
request may be retried.
0100
The target image corresponding to the responder PA specified in
the PRLI request and PRLI accept response does not exists. The
PRLI request shall not be retried.
0101
The target image has a predefined configuration which precludes
establishing this image pair. The PRLI request shall not be
retried.
0110
Request executed conditionally. Some service parameters were
not able to set to their requested state. See the service parameter
response field for further details.
0111
The destination N_Port is unable to process multiple page PRLI
requests. The PRLI request may be retried as a single page
request.
1000-1111 Reserved
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 79 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.14
PROCESS LOGOUT(PRLO)
The Process Logout(PRLO) is transmitted from an originator N_Port to this
controller to indicate that the process image pair specified in the service
parameter page of the PRLO are being discontinued by the originator.
The Table 3-45 shows the payload of the PRLO, and the Table 3-46 shows the ACC
payload for PRLO and the Table 3-47 shows Response Code.
Table 3-45
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
7
6
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRLO payload
4
3
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
Page Length
1
0
0
Payload Length
0
0
0
1
0
4
Reserved
5
Reserved
6
Originator Responder
process
process
associator associator
valid
valid
7
8
2
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
(MSB)
Originator process associator
9
10
11
12
(LSB)
(MSB)
Responder process associator
13
14
15
16
(LSB)
Reserved
(cont’d)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 80 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-45 PRLO payload (cont’d)
17
Reserved
18
Reserved
19
Reserved
Originator process associator valid
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Responder process associator valid
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Originator process associator
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Responder process associator
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Table 3-46
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
ACC payload for PRLO
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
Page Length
1
0
0
Payload Length
0
0
0
1
0
4
Reserved
5
Reserved
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
Originator Responder Reserved
process
process
associator associator
valid
valid
0
0
0
Reserved
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Response Code
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Originator Process associator
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(cont’d)
0
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 81 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-46 ACC payload for PRLO (cont’d)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 3-47
Code
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000-1111
Responder process associator
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Response Code
Meanings
Reserved
Request executed.
Reserved
Reserved
The Target image corresponding to the Responder Process
Associator specified in the PRLO request and PRLO Accept
response does not exists. The PRLO shall not be retried.
Reserved
Reserved
The FC Drive is unable to process multiple page PRLO
requests. The PRLO request may be retried as a single page
request.
Reserved
Remarks
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 82 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.15
DISCOVER N_PORT SERVICE PARAMETERS(PDISC)
The Discover N_Port Service Parameters(PDISC) transfers Service Parameters
From an initiating N_Port to this controller without affecting the operating
Environment between two ports.
The Table 3-48 shows the payload of the PDISC, and the Table 3-49 shows the
ACC payload for PDISC. Refer to PLOGI section for the details of the Service
Parameters.
Table 3-48
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
PDISC payload
7
6
5
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4-19
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Common Service Parameters
0
0
20-27
N_Port Name
28-35
Node Name
36-51
Class 1 Service Parameters(Not supported)
52-67
Class 2 Service Parameters(Not supported)
68-83
Class 3 Service Parameters
84-99
Reserved
100-115
Vendor Version Level
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 83 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-49
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
ACC payload for PDISC
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4-19
4
3
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Common Service Parameters
0
0
20-27
N_Port Name
28-35
Node Name
36-51
Class 1 Service Parameters(Not supported)
52-67
Class 2 Service Parameters(Not supported)
68-83
Class 3 Service Parameters
84-99
Reserved
100-115
Vendor Version Level
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 84 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3.5.16
DISCOVER ADDRESS(ADISC)
The Discover Address (ADISC) exchanges addresses and identifiers of
communication N_Ports.
The Table 3-50 shows the payload of the ADISC, and the Table 3-51 shows the
ACC payload for ADISC.
Table 3-50
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
ADISC payload
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
0
Link Service Command Code
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
0
1
0
4
Reserved
5-7
Hard Address of Originator
8-15
Port Name of Originator
16-23
Node Name of Originator
24
Reserved
25-27
N_Port ID of Originator
Table 3-51 ACC payload for ADISC
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Reserved
5-7
Hard Address of Originator
(cont’d)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 85 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-51 ACC payload for ADISC (cont’d)
8-15
Port Name of Originator
16-23
Node Name of Originator
24
Reserved
25-27
N_Port ID of Originator
3.5.17
THIRD PARTY PROCESS LOGOUT(TPRLO) (Not support)
The Third Party Process Logout (TPRLO) shall be used to invalidate the operating
environments between the specified image at the recipient N_Port and the
specified image in the specified N_Port which have performed Process Login with
the recipient N_Port for the specified TYPE.
The Table 3-52 shows the payload of the TPRLO, and the Table 3-53 shows the
ACC payload for TPRLO.
Table 3-52
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
7
6
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4-24
TPRLO payload
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
Link Service Command Code
0
0
1
Page Length
1
0
1
Payload Length
0
0
0
1
1
Logout Parameter Page
Table 3-53 ACC payload for TPRLO
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
0
TYPE Code or Common Service Parameters
1
TYPE Code Extension (Reserved)
(cont’d)
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 86 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 3-53 ACC payload for TPRLO (cont’d)
2
Third
Party
Originator
process
associator
validity
Responder
process
associator
validity
Reserved
Global
Third
Process
Party
Originator Logout
N_Port ID
Validity
3
Reserved
4-7
Third Party Originator process associator
8-11
Responder process associator
12
Reserved
13-15
Third Party Originator N_Port ID
16-19
Reserved
Third Party Originator process associator validity
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Responder process associator validity
This controller does not use this field.(Not checked)
Third Party Originator N_Port ID Validity
Indicates whether or not the Third Party Originator N_Port ID
0:Invalid 1:Valid
Global Process Logout
Indicates whether or not the Specification of a host.
0:Enable 1:Disable
Third Party Originator process associator
0000h
Responder process associato
0000h
Third Party Originator N_Port ID
Originator N_Port ID
3 FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 87 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4
SCSI BUS
This chapter describes the SCSI bus interface that is common to all SCSI controller
commands. Refer to the appropriate specifications or documents for the physical
specifications, SCSI bus signal definitions, bus phases, and bus signal timings of the
SCSI bus.
4.1
SCSI BUS FUNCTIONS
4.1.1 COMMAND RECEPTION
This SCSI controller can receive commands from a maximum of 32 host computers
(initiators).
When the controller receives a new command while executing or enqueuing a
previous command from the same host computer, it informs the ''Busy'' status to
the new command, except during Tagged Queuing.
4.1.2 COMMAND QUEUING
(1) Untagged Queuing
The controller can enqueue one command for each host computer when it cannot
execute the received command immediately (there is already an enqueued or
executing command).
The controller, however, does not enqueue the received command and reports the
Busy status in the following cases:
· The controller cannot disconnect from the SCSI bus after receiving the CDB,
that is, bit 6 of the Identify message is set to 0 (the host computer does not
support disconnect or reconnect function) or the Disconnect message from the
controller is rejected.
The controller executes the queued commands with the FCFS (First Come First
Served) algorithm.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 88 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(2) Tagged Queuing
The host computer can issue plural commands for a logical unit by using the
Queue Tag message. The controller contains a single queue slot which can
enqueue SCSI commands from a single or multiple hosts up to 128 commands.
The controller selects a queued command and executes it based on the command
type of the Queue Tag message specified by the host computer.
The host computer can not issue a tagged command and an untagged command
at a same time, nor issue a duplicated tagged command ( Same tag Number ) at a
same time.
4.1.3 UNIT ATTENTION CONDITION
A unit attention condition occurs whenever the Mode Select parameter or the Log
Select parameter for the logical unit is updated or when the controller is reset (by
the TARGET RESET,SELECTIVE RESET, or power-on reset).
The unit attention condition is informed for the host computers other than that
which updated the Mode Select parameter or for all the host computers when the
controller is reset.
The unit attention state is maintained for each host computer.
Once the controller is put into the unit attention condition, it reports the CHECK
CONDITION status for commands other than the Request Sense and Inquiry
commands. In this case, the controller sets the Unit Attention Sense Key as sense
data. After sending the Check Condition status, the controller enters in the usual
sense data pending state.
When the controller receives an Inquiry command from a host computer in the
unit attention state, it executes the Inquiry command and remains in the unit
attention state.
When the controller receives a Request Sense command from a host computer in
the unit attention state, it sends the pending sense data to the host computer and
remains in the unit attention state.
If there is no pending sense data for the host computer, the controller returns the
sense data containing the Unit Attention Sense Key without reporting the CHECK
CONDITION status. In this case, the unit attention state is cleared.
4.1.4 RESET CONDITION
Reset conditions are used to clear all SCSI data on the SCSI bus immediately.
The reset condition takes precedence over any other phases and conditions.
Once a reset condition occurs, the controller takes the following actions using a
hardware reset option :
· Clears all uncompleted commands.
· Releases all SCSI device reservations.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 89 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4.2
FCP INFORMATION UNIT
This chapter describes the explanation abort FCP Information Unit.
This controller supports the 6 Information Units shown in the Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Information Unit
No. Information Unit Name
1
FCP_CMND
2
FCP_XFER_READY
3
FCP_DATA
4
FCP_RSP
5 FCP_CMND+FCP_DAT
A
6
FCP_DATA+FCP_RSP
Function
Support Remarks
Transfers SCSI Command or Task Management
o
Notifies FCP_DATA will be transferred.
o
Transfers Data.
o
Transfers Status Information
o
Transfers SCSI Command and the first Data within
a single Information Unit. (Write Type Command)
Transfers last Data and the Status Information
Within a single Information Unit. (Read Type
Command)
o: Supported, -: Not Supported
4.2.1 FCP_CMND
By FCP_CMND, CDB, Task Attribute, and Task Management are transmitted to a
controller by the host.
The Table 4-2 shows FCP_CMND payload.
Table 4-2 FCP_CMND Payload
Bit
Byte
0
:
7
8
9
10
11
12
:
27
28
29
30
31
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
Logical Unit Number
(LSB)
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Term Task ClearACA Target
Reserved
Reset
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
CDB
0
0
Task Attribute
Clear
Task Set
0
Abort
Task Set
Read
Data
0
Reserved
0
Write
Data
(LSB)
(MSB)
DL
(LSB)
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 90 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Logical Unit Number
Zero is the only valid LUN for this controller.
If LUN dose not set zero,this controller will return Check condition status.
Task Attribute
000:SIMPLE_QUEUE
The SIMPLE_QUEUE attribute is specified when the task can be executed with the
That this controller determines.
001:HEAD_OF_QUEUE
The HEAD_OF_QUEUE attribute is specified when the task should be executed with the
highest priority.
010:ORDERED_QUEUE
The HEAD_OF_QUEUE attribute is specified when the task should be executed with the
order of the task is issued.
100: ACA_QUEUE (Plan to support)
Only FCP_CMND (which received from same Host that caused the ACA condition) with the
ACA_QUEUE attribute will be executed, when an ACA condition is active.
101: UNTAGGED
Only one FCP_CMND with the UNTAGGED attribute from each host will be executed.
If another FCP_CMND with the UNTAGGED attribute is received from the host, this
controller terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status.
TERMINATE TASK
This Task Management Flag is not supported by this controller.
CLEAR ACA (Plan to support)
The CLEAR ACA is used to clear the ACA condition.
TARGET RESET
The TARGET RESET is used to clear all tasks in this controller.
(Same as the SCSI-2 Bus Device Reset message)
CLEAR TASK SET
The CLEAR TASK SET is used to clear all tasks in the specified Logical Unit.
(Same as the SCSI-2 Clear Queue message)
ABORT TASK SET
The ABORT TASK SET is used to clear all tasks in the specified Logical Unit for the
Initiator.
(Same as the SCSI-2 Abort message)
(Note) The ABORT TASK (Same as the SCSI-2 Abort Tag message) is executed by the ABTS
Link Service.
Read Data
Set One when the command specified by the CDB field will result in a data transfer to the
initiator.
Write Data
Set One when the command specified by the CDB field will result in a data transfer from the
initiator.
CDB(Command Descriptor Block)
Always 16 bytes long.The actual contents depends on the command type.Unused bytes are
Not checked by this controller.If any of the Task Management flags are set in byte 10,the
CDB field is ignored.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 91 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
DL(Data Length)
The maximum amount of data to be transferred by the command specified in the CDB.
If the DL value is zero,no data will be transferred regardless of the CDB.
If the DL value is less than the transfer length in the CDB,this controller will transfer up the
DL value, set the Resid Over bit in the FCP_RSP,and set insufficient transfer length in the
Residual
If the DL value is greater than the transfer length in the CDB,this controller will transfer
DL value, set the Resid Under bit in the FCP_RSP,and set excessive transfer length in the
Residual Count.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 92 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4.2.2 FCP_XFER_READY
The FCP_XFER_READY is sent to the Initiator before data transfer with
FCP_DATA, and notifies the Initiator of the length and the offset of the data
contained in the FCP_DATA.
In case of read operation, the FCP_XFER_READY is not used when the Read
XFER_READY Disabled is specified in the PRLI payload. (This controller does not
support the Write XFER_READY Disabled)
The Table 4-3 shows the format of the FCP_XFER_READY.
Table 4-3 FCP_XFER_READY Payload
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
Relative Offset
(LSB)
(MSB)
Burst Length
(LSB)
(MSB)
Reserved
(LSB)
Relative Offset
Indicates the offset of the first byte of the following FCP_DATA.
Burst Length
Indicates the data length of the following FCP_DATA.
SCSI data is transferred by one or more FCP_DATA of which data length is less or equals to
theValue specified in the Maximum Burst Size of the Disconnect/Reconnect page(Mode
Parameter).
4.2.3 FCP_DATA
The FCP_DATA is used to transfer SCSI data(e.g. Read/Write data, Sense data,
etc.)
The Table 4-4 shows the format of the FCP_DATA.
Table 4-4 FCP_DATA Payload
Bit
Byte
7
0
:
N
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Data
(Note) N=0-2048
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 93 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4.2.4 FCP_RSP
The FCP_RSP is used to report a result of the operation(SCSI command or Task
Management) specified by the FCP_CMND.
The Table 4-5 shows the format of the FCP_RSP.
Table 4-5 FCP_RSP Payload
Bit
Byte
0
:
9
10
7
5
4
3
2
1
0
Resid
Over
Sns Len
Valid
(LSB)
RSP Len
Valid
(MSB)
Reserved
0
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
:
31
32
:
51
6
(MSB)
0
Reserved
0
Resid
0
Under
SCSI Status
Residual Count
(LSB)
(MSB)
Length of Sense Information
(LSB)
(MSB)
Length of Response Information
(LSB)
(MSB)
Response Information
(LSB)
(MSB)
SCSI Sense Information
(LSB)
Resid Under
Indicated that the Residual Count field is valid and contains the count of bytes that were
expected to be transferred, but were not transferred.
Resid Over
Indicated that the Residual Count field is valid and contains the count of bytes that
could not be transferred because the DL was not sufficient
Sns Len Valid
Indicated that the Sns Len Valid field is valid and contains the count of bytes in the
SCSI Sense Information field.
This bit is set to one when a SCSI command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status.
RSP Len Valid
Indicated that the RSP Len Valid fieldis valid and contains the count of bytes of the
Response Information.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 94 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
SCSI Status
00h:GOOD status
This status is sent from the controller to the host computer to indicate that the
execution of a command is complete
02h:CHECK CONDITION status
This status indicates that the command has been terminated abnormally due to an error that
causes sense data to be loaded, exception, or abnormal condition.
When this status is reported, while a Sns Len Valid bit is set to 1 and 32 is set as the Length of
Sense Information field, 32 bytes of SCSI sense information is stored in the SCSI
Information field.
04h:CONDITION MET status
This controller does not supported.
08h:BUSY status
This status indicates that the controller is busy. The controller reports this status when it
cannot receive a command from any host computer.
10h:INTERMEDIATE status
This status indicates that each command in a series of linked commands ( except the
command ) has completed successfully.
If this status is not returned, the chain of linked commands is broken.
14h:INTERMEDIATE-CONDITION MET status
This controller does not supported.
18h: RESERVATION CONFLICT status
This status is reported when the host computer attempts to access a logical unit that has been
reserved by another host computer. This status is not reported, however, during the
execution of the Release command (the controller executes the Release command).
22h: COMMAND TERMINATED status
This controller does not supported.
28h: TASK SET FULL status
This status is reported when the controller can not accept any command from the host computer
because command queue is full.
30h: ACA ACTIVE status(Plan to support)
This status is reported when the controller has been ACA active.
This controller does not supported.
Residual Count
The Residual Count field is valid when the Resid Under or the Resid Over is set to 1, and
Contains a count of the number of residual data bytes which were not transferred in the
FCP_DATA Information Units for the SCSI command.
When SCSI Status field is Zero,this field is Zero.
Length of Sense Information
The Length of Sense Information is valid when the Sns Len Valid is set to 1, and contains the
number of valid bytes of SCSI Sense Information field.
When SCSI Status field is Zero,this field size is Zero.
Length of Response Information
The Length of Response Information is valid when the RSP Len Valid is set to 1, and contains
The number of valid bytes of the Response Information field.
When SCSI Status field is Zero,this field size is Zero.
Response Information
The Response Information field is set when the Length of Response Information is valid.
The Table 4-6 shows the format of the Response Information .
When SCSI Status field is Zero,this field size is Zero.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 95 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 4-6 Response Information
Bit
Byte
7
0
1
2
3
(MSB)
4
5
6
(MSB)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
(LSB)
Response Information Code
Reserved
(LSB)
Response Information Code
00h: No Failure or Task Management Function complete
Indicate that the execution of the Task Management Function(Taget Reset,Clear Task Set,
Abort Task Set) directed FCP_CMND.
01h: FCP_DATA length different than BURST_LEN
Indicate that the numbers of bytes of the data received by the number of bytes specified by
Burst Length of FCP_XFER_READY and FCP_DATA differed.
02h: FCP_CMND Fields Invalid
Indicate that FCP_CMND field is Invalid.
03h: FCP_DATA_RO mismatch with FCP_XFER_READY DATA_RO
Indicate that the Relative Offset value of FCP_DATA and the Relative Offset value of
FCP_XFER_RDY did mismatch.
04h: Task Management Function Not Supported
Indicate that Management Function directed by FCP_CMND does not supported.
The controller received by this RSP_CODE, when Terminate Task is directed.
05h: Task Management Function Failed
Indicate that the abnormally execution of the Task Management Function(Taget Reset,Clear
Set,Abort Task Set) directed FCP_CMND.
06h-FFh: Reserved
This code is a reserved and is not reported.
SCSI Sense Information
SCSI Sense Information field is set when the Sns Len Valid is valid.
SCSI Sense Information means the SCSI Sense Data, and the details are shown in chapter 7.
When SCSI Status field is not 0x02,this field size is Zero.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 96 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4.3
FRAME SEQUENSE
The example of a frame sequence by the FCP information unit is shown below.
Read Command
All data is transmitted in one FCP_DATA(Not supported)
Initiator IU
Direction
FCP_CMND
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------<---------------------------------<----------------------------------
Target IU
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_DATA
FCP_RSP
All data is transmitted divides into more FCP_DATA (Not supported)
Initiator IU
Direction
FCP_CMND
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------<---------------------------------<---------------------------------<---------------------------------<---------------------------------<---------------------------------<---------------------------------Read Xfer Ready Disable
Initiator IU
FCP_CMND
Direction
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------:
:
:
<---------------------------------<----------------------------------
Target IU
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_DATA
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_DATA
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_DATA
FCP_RSP
Target IU
FCP_XFER_DATA
:
:
:
FCP_XFER_DATA
FCP_RSP
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 97 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Write Command
All data is transmitted in one FCP_DATA
Initiator IU
Direction
FCP_CMND
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------FCP_DATA
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------All data is transmitted divides into more FCP_DATA
Initiator IU
Direction
FCP_CMND
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------FCP_DATA
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------FCP_DATA
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------FCP_DATA
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------Write Xfer Ready Disabled(Not supported)
Initiator IU
Direction
FCP_CMND
---------------------------------->
FCP_DATA
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------FCP_DATA
---------------------------------->
<---------------------------------FCP_DATA
---------------------------------->
<----------------------------------
Target IU
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_RSP
Target IU
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_RSP
Target IU
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_XFER_READY
FCP_RSP
Control Command
Initiator IU
FCP_CMND
Direction
---------------------------------->
<----------------------------------
Target IU
FCP_RSP
Queue Full, Busy, Check Condition
Initiator IU
FCP_CMND
Direction
---------------------------------->
<----------------------------------
Target IU
FCP_RSP
Task Management FCP_CMND(Target Reset, Clear Task Set, Abort Task Set)
Initiator IU
FCP_CMND
Direction
---------------------------------->
<----------------------------------
Target IU
FCP_RSP
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 98 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4.4
ENCLOSURE SERVICE INTERFACE(ESI) SPECIFICATION
This controller supports the ESI (Enclosure Service Interface) specification
provided in SFF-8045 and SFF-8067.
The host computer can send data to the enclosure using the SEND DIAGNOSTIC
command or receive data from the enclosure using RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS command.
4.4.1 DISCOVERY PROCESS
An SFF-8067 device requests access to the enclosure’s control circuitry by
asserting Parallel ESI signal. The enclosure shall invert SEL_0 – SEL_3 within 1
microsecond. SEL_4 shall take on the value corresponding to –ENCL_ACK,
SEL_5 and SEL_6 shall be released so that this controller can manage them as
–DSK_RD and –DSK_WR respectively, and SEL_0, SEL_1, SEL_2 and SEL_3
shall be replaced by the enclosure with the complement of their values as a
selection ID.
After the –ENCL_ACK is received by this controller, this controller asserts both
-DSK_RD and –DSK_WR together. The enclosure shall negate –ENCL_ACK
within 100 microseconds. If the enclosure does not negate –ENCL_ACK within 100
microseconds, this controller assumes that the enclosure is an SFF-8045 enclosure
that provides parallel ESI information and that by chance the Parallel ESI
information contained the inverted SEL_0 – SEL_3 bits and asserted the –
ENCL_ACK bit at the proper time. This controller posts the information using the
SFF-8045 format.
If the SEL_0 – SEL_3 value is not complemented within 1 microsecond after the
Hitachi FC Disk Drive asserts Parallel ESI, this controller considers that the
enclosure is compliant with SFF-8045.
Discovery Flow Chart is shown in Figure 4-1.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 99 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Assert –P_ESI
Do bits SEL_(0:3)
invert in <1 usec
N
Y
Does –ENCL_ACK
assert in <1 sec
N
Y
Assert –DSK_RD, -DSK_WR
Does –ENCL_ACK
negate in <100 usec
ASC/ASCQ = 35 02
N
Y
Negate –DSK_RD, -DSK_WR
Assume enclosure is SFF-8045 with Parallel ESI.
Provide ESI information.
Assume enclosure is SFF-8067 continue
command and data transfer
Figure 4-1 Discovery Flow Chart
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 100 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4.4.2 COMMAND PROCESS
the enclosure is SFF-8067 enclosure, there are following three phase (shown in
Fig.3.5.2.1) using Parallel ESI (P_ESI) and Select ID (SEL_0 – SEL_6) :
P_ESI
SEL_(0:6)
SEL_ID
DISCOVERY
COMMAND
READ or WRITE
SEL_ID
Figure 4-2 Phase in SFF-8067 enclosure
When the Hitachi FC Disk Drive recognizes that the enclosure supports SFF-8067,
it sends an ESI command, which has format shown inTable 4-7, to the enclosure.
Table 4-7 ESI command format
Bit
Byte
0
1
2
3
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Page Code
Reserved
SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameter length
0
Send
Page Code
The ESI page that is to be transferred to or from the enclosure.
Send bit
Send bit is set to 1, the subsequent data transmission will be from this controller to the
enclosure.
Send bit is set to 0, the subsequent data transmission will be from the enclosure to this
controller
SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameter length
For SEND DIAGNOSTIC command, SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameter length is the page
length from the diagnostic page header incremented by 4, and reflects the total number of
bytes that will be transferred to the enclosure unless the transfer is truncated by a shorter
allocation length.
SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameter length is 0 for RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
command.
Refer to SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command for the detail.
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 101 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4.4.3 WRITE PROCESS
This controller places ESI data on the SEL ID to send data to the enclosure and
assert –DSK_WR The enclosure shall respond by asserting –ENCL_ACK after a
minimum of 100 nanoseconds as shown in Figure 4-3.
This controller shall negate –DSK_WR after asserting –ENCL_ACK and then the
enclosure shall negate –ENCL_ACK.
100 nsec min
-DSK_WR
SEL_(0:3)
-ENCL_ACK
Figure 4-3 Data transfer for Write
4.4.4 READ PROCESS
This controller asserts –DSK_RD to receive data from the enclosure. The enclosure
shall respond by asserting –ENCL_ACK after a minimum of 100 nanoseconds as
shown in Figure 4-4.
This controller shall negate –DSK_RD after asserting –ENCL_ACK and then the
enclosure shall negate –ENCL_ACK.
-DSK_RD
SEL_(0:3)
-ENCL_ACK
100 nsec min
Figure 4-4 Data transfer for Read
Refer to the section 1.2 (15), (16) and (17) for the detail.
SFF-8045 Specification for 40-pin SCA-2 Connector w/Parallel Section Rev 4.5
SFF-8067 Specification for 40-pin SCA-2 Connector w/Bidirectional ESI Rev 2.8
SCSI-3 Enclosure Service Command set (SES) X3T10/Project 1212D/Rev 8b
4 SCSI BUS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 102 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
5
SCSI COMMANDS
The SCSI commands are defined as the data structure viewed through the SCSI
interface.
A single command may transfer one or more logical blocks of data.
The controller may disconnect from the SCSI bus while making preparations for data
transfer to make the SCSI bus available to other SCSI devices.
Whenever a command is completed (normally or abnormally), the controller returns the
FCP_RSP Payload to the host computer.
5.1
COMMAND STRUCTURE
A request to the controller is generated by the host computer sending a command
descriptor block (CDB). For some commands, the request is accompanied by a
Parameter List that are transferred in the FCP_DATA Payload to give a detailed
definition of the request.
The CDB consists of the operation code, the logical unit number, the command
parameters and the control byte. Its length varies depending on the value of the
group code in the operation code.
If an invalid parameter is found in the CDB, the controller terminates the command
without accessing the disk medium.
In the rest of this section, only the items that are common to the SCSI commands are
described. Specifications that are unique to the individual commands are found in
Chapter 6.
Table 5-1 shows the format of the standard CDB (for 6-byte commands), Table 5-2
shows that of the standard CDB (for 10-byte commands) and Table 5-3 shows that of
the standard CDB (for 12-byte commands).
5 SCSI COMMANDS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 103 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 5-1 Standard Command Descriptor Block for 6-byte Commands
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Operation Code
1
Logical Unit Number
Logical Block Address (MSB)
2
Logical Block Address
3
Logical Block Address (LSB)
4
Transfer Length
5
Control Byte
Table 5-2 Standard Command Descriptor Block for 10-byte Commands
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Operation Code
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
RelAdr
2
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
6
Reserved
7
Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Transfer Length (LSB)
9
Control Byte
5 SCSI COMMANDS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 104 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 5-3 Standard Command Descriptor Block for 12-byte Commands
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Operation Code
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
RelAdr
2
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
6
Transfer Length (MSB)
7
Transfer Length
8
Transfer Length
9
Transfer Length (LSB)
10
Reserved
11
Control Byte
5.1.1 OPERATION CODE
Table 5-4 shows the format of the operation code.
Table 5-4 Operation Code
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
Group Code
5
4
3
2
1
0
Command Code
The Operation Code consists of the group code and the command code.
5 SCSI COMMANDS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 105 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
This controller supports group 0 (6-byte commands) and group 1 and 2 (10-byte
commands) and group 5(12-byte commands) commands. When the controller
receives an unsupported or undefined command, it creates the CHECK
CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key. See Chapter 5 for the
operation of the controller when it receives supported and unsupported commands.
5.1.2 LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER
The Logical Unit Number (LUN) identifies a logical unit attached to the controller.
The controller supports a LUN of 0.
When other than LUN 0 is specified, the controller terminates the command
(except the INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands) with a CHECK
CONDITION status and sets the sense key to “ILLEGAL REQUEST”.
However, in order that a controller may check the FCP_LUN field of FCP_CMND,
the LUN field of FCP_CDB is not checked.
5.1.3 RELATIVE ADDRESS
The controller does not support the RelAdr (Relative Address) bit.
5.1.4 LOGICAL BLOCK ADDRESS
The Logical Block Address on a logical unit begins with block 0 and is contiguous
up to the last logical block on that logical unit.
Group 0 CDBs contain a 21-bit Logical Block Address area and group 1 and 2 and
5 CDBs contain a 32-bit Logical Block Address area.
If a logical block address beyond the logical block address (this address is reported
to the host computer through the READ CAPACITY command) of the last logical
block on a logical unit is specified, the controller creates the CHECK CONDITION
status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
When a request is made with a logical block address and a transfer length
(explained later) to access a block beyond the last block on the logical unit, the
controller specifies the address as an invalid logical block address and creates the
CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The number of data bytes per logical block is reported to the host computer
through the READ CAPACITY or MODE SENSE command.
5 SCSI COMMANDS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 106 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
5.1.5 TRANSFER LENGTH
The Transfer Length specifies the amount of data to be transferred (normally in
logical blocks).
In some commands, the transfer length represents the number of requested bytes
as explained in their command descriptions.
In such cases, this field is referred to as the byte transfer length field.
Commands (6-byte commands) that allocates one byte to the transfer length field
can transfer a maximum of 256 blocks of data. Transfer lengths of 1 to 255
represent the number of blocks to be transferred and transfer length of 0
represents 256 blocks.
Commands (10-byte commands) that allocates two bytes to the transfer length
field can transfer a maximum of 65, 535 blocks of data. A transfer length of 0
indicates that no block is to be transferred.
Transfer lengths of 1 to 65, 535 represent the number of blocks to be transferred.
Commands (12-byte commands) that allocates four bytes to the transfer length
field can transfer a maximum of 4,294,967,295 blocks of data. A transfer length
of 0 indicates that no block is to be transferred.
Transfer lengths of 1 to 4,294,967,295 represent the number of blocks to be
transferred.
The transfer length of commands that transfer a parameter list to the controller is
called the parameter list length. The parameter list length is used to specify the
number of bytes to be transferred during the Data Out phase.
The transfer length of commands that return sense data to the host computer (e.g.,
REQUEST SENSE, INQUIRY, and MODE SENSE commands) is called the
Allocation Length. The allocation length is used to specify the number of bytes
that are allocated by the host computer for the data to be transferred.
The controller terminates the FCP_DATA Payload when the number of bytes
specified in the Allocation Length field have been transferred or when all available
sense data have been transferred to the host computer, whichever is less.
5 SCSI COMMANDS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 107 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
5.1.6 CONTROL BYTE
The control byte is the last byte of the CDB.
Table 5-5 Control Byte Format
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
Vendor Unique
5
4
3
Reserved
2
1
0
Flag
Link
The host computer should set the Vendor Unique bits of control byte to 0 since
these bits for certain commands may be used to test the drive during the
manufacturing process.
If the Link bit is set to 1, and if the command terminates successfully,
the controller sends the FCP_RSP Payload with INTERMEDIATE.
5.1.7 RESERVED
The host computer must set any reserved bits, fields, or bytes of the CDB and
parameter list to 0. If this condition is violated, the controller creates the
CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
5.1.8 VENDOR UNIQUE
The host computer must set any vendor unique bits, fields, or bytes of the CDB
and parameter list to the values defined in the individual command descriptions
(normally to 0). The controller checks the vendor unique bits, fields, or bytes. If
this condition is violated, the controller will create the CHECK CONDITION
status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
5 SCSI COMMANDS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 108 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6
COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
6.1
FORMAT UNIT:(04H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
4
3
Operation Code (04H)
0
0
FmtData CmpLst
2
Certification Pattern
3
Interleave (MSB)
4
Interleave (LSB)
5
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
2
1
0
1
0
0
Defect List Format
0
Flag
Link
The FORMAT UNIT command formats the medium so that all of the addressable
data blocks can be accessed by the host. Any existing data on the medium is lost
after the FORMAT UNIT command is initiated by the controller.
The controller formats the media in accordance with the current value of MODE
SELECT parameter (see 6.5 MODE SELECT) established and the media defect
management schemes specified from the host computer by this command.
It is recommended that the MODE SELECT parameters should be set properly prior
to the issuance of FORMAT UNIT command.
A FORMAT UNIT command must be sent if the block length or the number of
alternate spare areas are changed.
If FORMAT UNIT command is completed abnormally after formatting is started, the
command accesses to medium after FORMAT UNIT command is terminated with
CHECK CONDITION status, then the controller sets the sense key to NOT READY
with the additional sense code of FORMAT COMMAND FAILED.
There are four defect management schemes, namely, P, C, D and G.
< P = Primary Defect List >
This list refers to the list of defects that are considered as permanent flaws.
This list is recorded in a specific location on the device by the manufacturer of
the device.
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 109 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
< C = Target Certification >
Includes defects that are detected by the controller during an optional verify
process executed during the FORMAT UNIT command. The controller
includes the list into the G list and records it in a specific location on the device.
< D = Data Defect List >
This list is supplied to the controller by the host computer in the Data Out phase
of the FORMAT UNIT or REASSIGN BLOCKS command (see 6.18, “Reassign
Blocks”). The controller includes the list into the G list and records it in a
specific location on the device.
The host needs to specify the defect of user area within the limits.
< G = Grown Defect List>
This list includes the defects from the C and D lists that are added as the result
of the normal termination of the proceeding FORMAT UNIT or REASSIGN
BLOCKS command. This list is distinguished from the P list and its defects
are classified as grown after the manufacture of the medium.
The FmtData (Format Data) bit = 1 indicates that the defect list header and defect
data (defect descriptors) are transferred from the host computer during the Data Out
phase of the command.
The format of the defect data is determined by the Defect List Format field in bits 02.
The FmtData bit = 0 indicates that the Data Out phase must not occur, that is,
neither defect list header nor defect data must be supplied from the host computer.
The controller executes the formatting with the default mode of the controller and
CmpLst must be set to 0.
Note : The default mode is DPRY, DCRT, STPF, IP and DSP set to 0. (These function
are explained in the Defect List Header section.)
The CmpLst (Complete List) bit = 1 indicates that the data supplied by the host
computer during the Data Out phase of this command is the complete list of known
defects. The controller deletes the old G list and creates a new list.
The CmpLst bit = 0 indicates that the data supplied by the host computer during
the Data Out phase of the command is to be added to the existing defect data.
Note : If FmtData bit is set to 0, CmpLst bit is ignored.
The controller uses the default value (CmpLst bit off).
The Defect List format field specifies additional information related to the defect list
(see Table 6-1 for further information).
The Certification Pattern field specifies the data pattern to be written in data blocks.
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 110 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Interleave field requests that the logical blocks are related in a specific manner
to physical blocks to facilitate speed matching between the host bus data transfer
rate and the block data transfer rate of the device.
This controller supports the Interleave value one only but ignores the Interleave field.
The host computer can specify the format for the defect management schemes and
defect list according to the definition of CDB byte 1, bits 0-4, as summarized in Table
6-1.
Table 6-1 Format Unit Command Variations
4
3
2
1
0
Defect
Defect
Defect
Fmt Cmp Defect List Format
List
Management
List
Data Lst
Length
Format
0
X
X
X
X
P +C +G
1
0
0
X
X
=0
(P) + (C) + G
1
1
0
X
X
=0
(P) + (C)
1
0
0
X
X
>0
(P) + (C) + D + G
Block
1
1
0
X
X
>0
(P) + (C) + D
(Note 3)
1
0
1
0
0
>0 or =0 (P) + (C) + D + G
Byte from
1
1
1
0
0
>0 or =0 (P) + (C) + D
index format
1
0
1
0
1
>0 or =0 (P) + (C) + D + G
Physical
1
1
1
0
1
>0 or =0 (P) + (C) + D
sector
Note 1 : X denotes a don't care condition.
Note 2 : Defect management schemes enclosed in parentheses depend on the
defect list header specification.
Note 3 : When CmpLst bit = 0, the defect list data needs to be transferred in the
format of logical block address.
when CmpLst bit = 1. the defect list data needs to be transferred in the
format of physical block address. Physical block address is defined as
sequential number, starting from zero, of physical sectors which locate
in the user cylinder area.
The controller allocates alternate sectors for defect blocks according to the specified
defect management scheme.
The defect list comprises the defect list header shown Table 6-2 followed by defect
descriptors (see Table 6-3, Table 6-4 and Table 6-5).
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 111 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-2 Defect List Header
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
0
FOV
0
DPRY
0
DCRT
3
Reserved
0
0
STPF
IP
2
1
0
0
DSP
0
Immed
0
VU
0
2
Defect List Length (MSB)
3
Defect List Length (LSB)
The host computer can control the following format processing by defining byte 1,
bits 2-7 of the defect list header.
Bit 7 :
The FOV (Format Options Valid) bit, when set to 0, specifies that the default
values of the controller are used for the functions defined in bits 2-6.
The default values of the controller are all zeros for bits 2 through 6. When
the FOV bit is set to 0, the host computer must set bits 2 through 6 to all
zeros.
If this conditions is violated, the controller creates the CHECK CONDITION
status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
When the FOV bit is specified to 1, the controller is to take action as
specified by the host computer in bits 2-6.
Bit 6 :
The DPRY (Disable Primary) bit, when set to 0, specifies that the controller
is to format the medium using the primary defect list. When this bit is set to
1, the controller does not use the primary defect list.
Bit 5 :
The DCRT (Disable Certification) bit, when set to 0, specifies that the
controller executes target certification (verify) processing during formatting.
When this bit is set to 1, the controller suppresses target certification
processing.
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 112 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Bit 4 :
The STPF (Stop Format) bit, when set to 0, specifies that the controller is to
execute the formatting even if an unrecoverable error occurs while accessing
either list of defects P or G recorded on the device. In this case, if no error
occurred except during the access to the defect list, the controller creates the
CHECK CONDITION status with RECOVERED ERROR sense key after
completion of the format process.
When the STPF bit is set to 1 and an unrecoverable error occurs during the
access to the defect list, the controller stops the format process and
terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and set the
sense key to “MEDIUM ERROR”.
Bit 3 :
The IP (Initialization Pattern) bit of 1 indicates that initialization pattern
descriptor is included in the Format Unit parameter list immediately
following the defect list header and is used to initialize the data blocks. An
IP bit of 0 indicates that an initialization pattern descriptor is not included
and the controller shall use the certification pattern in the command
descriptor block for the data block initialization.
Bit 2 :
The DSP (Disable Saving Parameters) bit, when set to 1, specifies that the
controller shall not save the MODE SELECT savable parameters to nonvolatile memory during the format operation.
A DSP bit of 0 specifies that the controller shall save all the MODE SELECT
savable parameters for all initiators to non-volatile memory after the format
process completed normally.
Bit 1 :
If the Immed (Immediate) bit is set to 0, a status is not returned until the
actual completion of the command.
If the Immed (Immediate) bit is set to 1, a status is returned as soon as the
command descriptor block has been validated, and the entire defect list has
been transferred.
The defect list length specifies the total length in bytes of the subsequent defect
descriptors following either the defect list header (if IP bit = 0) or the initialization
pattern descriptor. This value may be zero. In this case, no defect descriptor is
transferred from the host computer.
The defect list length value must be four times the number of defect descriptors for
the block format (Table 6-3) and eight times the number of defect descriptors for the
byte from index format (Table 6-4) or the physical sector format (Table 6-5).
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 113 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
When no 4-byte header is transferred or when an invalid defect list length is specified,
the controller creates the CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST
sense key.
Table 6-3 Defect List --- Block Format
Byte
0
1
2
3
Defect Descriptor (s)
Defect Block Address (MSB)
Defect Block Address
Defect Block Address
Defect Block Address (LSB)
Each defect descriptor specifies the 4-byte defect block address of the block
containing a defect. The host computer must send the defect descriptors in the
ascending order of address.
If a block address exceeding the maximum address allowed for the drive is specified,
or if the defect block addresses are not in the ascending order, the controller creates
the CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
When the CmpLst bit (CDB byte 1, bit 3) is set to 0, the defect block address specifies
the logical block address related to block length of the block that is currently being
formatted.
When the CmpLst bit is set to 1, the defect block address specifies the physical block
address related to the new block length.
Table 6-4 Defect List --- Byte from Index Format
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Defect Descriptor (s)
Cylinder Number of Defect (MSB)
Cylinder Number of Defect
Cylinder Number of Defect (LSB)
Head Number of Defect
Defect Bytes from Index (MSB)
Defect Bytes from Index
Defect Bytes from Index
Defect Bytes from Index (LSB)
Each defect descriptor specifies the Cylinder Number, Head Number and Bytes from
Index. The host computer must send the defect descriptors in the ascending order of
address. The most significant address is the Cylinder Number and the least one is
the Bytes from Index.
It is not possible to specify the value of FFFFFFFFH (as a bad track) to the Defect
Bytes from Index field.
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 114 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
If the defect location is identified as invalid or the defect descriptors are not in the
ascending order of address, the controller returns CHECK CONDITION status with
ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
Note 1 :
When the G list is read by the READ DEFECT DATA command, the
obtained Defect Bytes from Index value appears with respect to only the
first defect in the same sector.
Table 6-5 Defect List --- Physical Sector Format
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Defect Descriptor (s)
Cylinder Number of Defect (MSB)
Cylinder Number of Defect
Cylinder Number of Defect (LSB)
Head Number of Defect
Defect Sector Number (MSB)
Defect Sector Number
Defect Sector Number
Defect Sector Number (LSB)
Each defect descriptor specifies the Cylinder Number, Head Number and Sector
Number. The host computer must send the defect descriptors in the ascending order
of address. The most significant address is the Cylinder Number and the least one
is the Sector Number field.
It is not possible to specify the value of FFFFFFFFH (as a bad track) to the Defect
Sector Number field.
If the defect location is identified as invalid or the defect descriptors are not in the
ascending order of address, the controller returns CHECK CONDITION status with
ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
Table 6-6 Initialization Pattern Descriptor
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
IP Modifier
1
5
0
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Pattern Type
0
0
2
Initialization Pattern Length (MSB)
3
Initialization Pattern Length (LSB)
(cont’d)
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 115 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-6 Initialization Pattern Descriptor (cont’d)
Initialization Pattern
0
Pattern
|
|
n
Pattern
When the IP bit (Byte 1, Bit 3 in Defect List Header) is set to 1, the Initialization
pattern Descriptor is transferred immediately after the Defect List Header.
The IP Modifier field is used to specify the initialization pattern as follows.
Table 6-7 IP Modifier
Bit 7
0
Bit 6
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
Description
No modification made to the initialization
pattern.
The controller writes the logical block address in
the first four bytes of the first sector out of the
logical block.
The controller writes the logical block address in
the first four bytes of each sector in the logical
block.
Reserved
The Pattern Type field specifies the pattern type to be used for writing the data field
of the logical blocks which are accessible by the host, as follows.
00H - - - - - - - - The data pattern specified in the Certification Pattern field of the
command descriptor block is used.
01H - - - - - - - - The data pattern specified in the Initialization pattern field is used.
02H - FFH - - - - Reserved.
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 116 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Initialization pattern Length field specifies the following Initialization Pattern
length in bytes. The available value to specifies is n (= 0 to bytes/sector).
00H - - - - - - - - The data pattern specified the Certification Pattern field of the
command descriptor block is used.
n H - - - - - - - - Specifying the pattern length that follows.
The Pattern field specifies the writing data pattern in the data field. This field
contains the data bytes and it is used repeatedly for the writing.
FORMAT UNIT:(04h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 117 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.2
INQUIRY:(12H)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
1
2
3
0
0
0
4
5
Vendor Unique
0
0
4
3
2
Operation Code (12H)
1
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Page Code
Reserved
0
0
Allocation Length
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
EVPD
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The INQUIRY command transfers the parameter information regarding the
controller to the host computer.
The EVPD (Enable Vital Product Data) bit of 0 indicates that Standard Inquiry Data
is transferred from the controller to the host computer. In this case, the Page Code
field must be set to 00H. Otherwise, the controller reports the CHECK CONDITION
with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The EVPD bit of 1 indicates that the controller transfers Vital Product Data as
specified in the Page Code field.
The Page Code specifies a page of Vital Product Data to be transferred to the host
computer. Supported Pages of Vital Product Data are as follows :
Page Code
00H
80H
81H
83H
C0H
Description
Supported Vital Product Data
Unit Serial umber
Implemented Operating Definition
Device Identification
Jumper Information
When any page code other than above is specified, the controller returns the CHECK
CONDITION with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The allocation length specifies the number of bytes that are allocated by the host
computer for the data to be transferred.
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 118 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
No data is transferred if the Allocation Length is set to 0. This condition, however,
is not considered as an error. Other allocation length values specify the maximum
number of bytes to be transferred. The controller terminates the Data In phase
when the number of bytes specified in the Allocation Length field have been
transferred or when all available inquiry data have been transferred to the host
computer, whichever is less.
The controller reports the CHECK CONDITION status only when it cannot transfer
the requested inquiry data.
The controller does not report the CHECK
CONDITION status for the INQUIRY command even if the UNIT ATTENTION
status is held pending.
And the Unit Attention status is not cleared by INQUIRY command.
The Standard Inquiry Data is shown in Table 6-8 and the Vital Product Data are
shown in Table 6-10 (Supported Vital Product Data) and Table 6-11 (Unit Serial
Number).
Table 6-8 Standard Inquiry Data
Byte
0
Bit
1
7
6
5
Peripheral Qualifier
3
2
1
0
Peripheral Device Type
16-31
Device Type Modifier
0
0
0
0
0
ECMA Version
ANSI Version
0
0
0
0
1
1
Reserved
Response Data Format
0
0
0
0
1
0
Additional Length (6BH)
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved EncServ
Port
MultiP
Reserved
Addr16
0
1
1
0
0
0
CmdQue
WBus32
RelAdr
Wbus16 SYNC Linked TranDis
SftRe
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
Vendor Identification (in ASCII)
“HITACHI€”
Product Identification (in ASCII)
32-35
Product Revision Level (in ASCII)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8-15
RMB
0
0
ISO Version
0
0
Trm
IOP
AENC
0
0
4
0
(cont’d)
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 119 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-8 Standard Inquiry Data (cont’d)
Product Information
36-43
44-51
Product Serial Number
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Drive Jumper Information
52
Vendor Unique
54
Device Control
55
96-143
Note : €
0
ID Jumper
53
56-95
0
Auto
Delay
Start
Start
Vendor Unique
Vendor
Unique
Vendor Unique
0
Write
Protect
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Copyright (in ASCII)
“Copyright (C) 2002 Hitachi All right reserved”
0
0
0
denotes a space character (code 20H).
The Standard Inquiry Data (Table 6-8) consists of a 5-byte header, followed by 139
bytes of additional parameters.
When the LUN is 0, the Peripheral Qualifier field is loaded with code 0H and
indicates that the specified device type is currently connected.
The Peripheral Device Type field is loaded with code 0H and identifies a direct access
device. If LUN of 1 or more is specified, it is loaded with code 7FH (Qualifier = 3H,
Device Type = 1FH), indicating that specified logical unit is not present (Logical Unit
not Present).
The RMB (Removable) bit is always set to 0 and indicates that the medium cannot be
removed.
The Device Type Modifier field is loaded with 0H and identifies the controller does not
use this field.
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 120 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The ISO Version (International Standard Organization Version) field is loaded with
code 0H and indicates that the controller does not conform with the ISO version
specification.
The ECMA Version (European Computer Manufacture Association Version) field is
loaded with code 0H and indicates that the controller does not conform with the
ECMA Version specification.
The ANSI Version field is loaded with code 3H and indicates that the controller
conforms with the SCSI-2 version.
The AENC (Asynchronous Event Notification Capability) bit is set to 0 and indicates
that the controller does not support the asynchronous event notification function.
The Trm IOP (Terminate I/O Process) bit is set to 0 and indicates that the controller
does not support the TERMINATE I/O PROCESS message.
The Response Data Format field is loaded with code 2H and indicates that the
controller conforms with the ANSI SCSI-2 specifications.
The Additional Length field is loaded with code 6BH and indicates that the additional
parameters is consisted of 107 bytes. This field holds the same value, irrespective of
the allocation length stored in the CDB.
The EncServ(Enclosure Services) bit of 0 indicates that the controller does not
support the Enclosure Services Diagnostic pages.The EncServ bit of 1indicatesthat
the controller supports the Enclosure Services Diagnostic pages.
The Port bit is valid in MultiP bit of 1. The Port bit of 0 indicates that the
controller receives INQUIRY command from the port A. The Port bit of 1 indicates
that the controller receives INQUIRY command from the port B.
The MultiP(Multi Port) bit of 0 indicates that the controller is single port device.
The MultiP(Multi Port) bit of 1 indicates that the controller is dual port device.
The Addr16(Wide SCSI Address 16) bit of 0 indicates that the controller does not
support the 16-bit wide SCSI address. The Addr16 bit of 1 indicates that the
controller supports the 16-bit wide SCSI address.
The RelAdr (Relative Address) bit is set to 0 and indicates that the controller does not
support the relative address capability.
The WBus 32 (Wide Bus 32) bit is set to 0 and indicates that the controller does not
support the 32 bits width data transfer.
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 121 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The WBus 16 (Wide Bus 16) bit of 0 indicates that the controller does not support the
16 bits width data transfer. The WBus 16 bit of 1 indicates that the controller
supports the 16 bits width data transfer.
The Sync (Synchronous Transfer) bit is set to 1 and indicates that the controller
supports the synchronous data transfer.
The Linked (Linked Command ) bit is set to 1 and indicates that the controller
supports the linked command capability.
The TranDis (Transfer Disable) bit of 0 indicates that the controller does not support
the CONTINUE I/O PROCESS and TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE message. The
TranDis bit of 1 indicates that the controller supports the CONTINUE I/O PROCESS
and TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE message.
The CmdQue bit of 1 indicates that the controller supports the tagged command
queuing.
The SftRe (Soft Reset) bit is set to 0 and indicates that the controller only uses the
Hard Reset.
The vendor identification field contains ''HITACHI'' in ASCII code.
The product identification field contains the product name in ASCII code .
The Product Revision Level field contains the revision number of the controller
firmware in ASCII code. When the drive is not ready state, it indicates only the
ROM program revision, while the drive is ready it indicates the ROM and RAM
program revision.
< Drive Jumper Information fields >
The Drive Jumper Information fields indicate the jumper pins installed on the drive
PCB.
Refer to the Product Specification for the specification of the jumpers.
< Product Information fields >
The Product Serial Number field indicates the drive serial number with 8 digits.
The Device Control field indicates the data transfer speed.
Table 6-9 Data Transfer Speed
Code
7H
6H
5H-0H
Data Transfer Speed
1.0625GHz
2.1250GHz
Reserved
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 122 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Copyright field contains ''Copyright (C) 2002 Hitachi All right reserved'' in ASCII
code.
Note : The ASCII data fields are loaded with data starting at their first byte position.
Any remaining byte positions are padded with space characters (code 20H).
[ Page Code:00 H(EVPD=1) ]
Table 6-10
Byte
0
Bit
1
2
3
7
6
Supported Vital Product Data
5
Peripheral Qualifier
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
Peripheral Device Type
Page Code(00H)
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Page Length(05H)
0
0
0
Supported Page List
0
4
00H
5
80H
6
81H
7
83H
8
C0H
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
The Peripheral Qualifier and Peripheral Device Type are returned as described in the
explanation following the Table 6-8 (Standard Inquiry Data).
The Page Code of 00H indicates that this is the Supported Vital Product Data page.
The Page Length indicates the data length in bytes of Supported Page List.
The Supported Page List indicates the pages supported by the controller in the
ascending order of their codes.
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 123 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Page Code:80 H(EVPD=1) ]
Table 6-11
Byte
0
Bit
1
2
3
7
6
5
Peripheral Qualifier
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
to
11
12
to
23
Unit Serial Number
4
3
2
1
0
Peripheral Device Type
Page Code (80H)
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Page Length (14H)
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
Product Serial Number
Card Serial Number
The Peripheral Qualifier and Peripheral Device Type are returned as described in the
explanation following the Table 6-8 (Standard Inquiry Data).
The Page Code of 80H indicates that this page indicates the unit serial number.
The Page Length indicates the data length in bytes of Product Serial Number(8
bytes) and Card Serial Number (12 bytes).
The Product Serial Number indicates the drive serial number with 8 digits.
The Card Serial Number indicates the card serial number with 12 digits.
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 124 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Page Code:81 H(EVPD=1) ]
Table 6-12
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
Bit
7
6
Implemented Operating Definition Page
5
Peripheral Qualifier
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
RSV
0
SavImp
1
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
Peripheral Device Type
Page Code (81H)
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Page Length (04H)
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
Current Operating Definition
Default Operating Definition
Supported Operating Definition List
6
7
SavImp
1
SavImp
1
01H
03H
The Peripheral Qualifier and Peripheral Device Type are returned as described in the
explanation following the Table 6-8 (Standard Inquiry Data).
The Page Code of 81H indicates that this page indicates the implemented operating
definition page.
The Page Length indicates the data length of the following operating definition.
The SavImp (Associated Save Implemented) bit of 0 indicates that the corresponding
operating definition parameter cannot be saved.
The SavImp bit of 1 indicates that the corresponding operating definition parameter
can be saved.
The Current Operating Definition field indicates the present operating definition the
controller uses.
The Default Operating Definition field indicates the default operating definition the
controller uses.
The Supported Operating Definition List field indicates the operating definition the
controller supports.
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 125 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Each operating definition is defined in Table 6-13.
The host computer , however , cannot change the operating definition since this
controller does not support CHANGE DEFINITION command.
Table 6-13
Operating
definition value
00H
01H
02H
03H
04H
05H - 7FH
Operating Definition
Operating definition
Current
SCSI-1
CCS
SCSI-2
SCSI-3
Reserved
[ Page Code:83H(EVPD=1) ]
Table 6-14
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bit
7
6
5
Peripheral Qualifier
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Device Identification
4
3
2
1
Peripheral Device Type
Page Code
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Page Length
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Reserved
Code Set
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Association
Identifier Type
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Identifier Length
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
8
:
15
0
0
1
1
0
0
Identifier
The Peripheral Qualifier and Peripheral Device Type are returned as described in the
explanation following the Table 6-8 (Standard Inquiry Data).
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 126 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Page Code of 83H indicates that this page indicates the device identification page.
The Page Length indicates the data length of the following operating definition.
The Code Set field is loaded with code 1H and indicates that the identifier field
contains binary values.
The Association field is loaded with code 0H and indicates that the identifier field is
associated with the addressed device.
The Identifier Type field is loaded with code 3H and indicates that the identifier field
contains a unique 64-bit fibre Channel Name_Identifier.
The Identification Length indicates the data length of the following Identifier.
The Identifier field described by the Code Set, Association and Identifier Type.
[ Page Code:C0H(EVPD=1) ]
Table 6-15 Jumper Information Page
Byte
0
Bit
1
2
3
7
6
5
4
3
Peripheral Qualifier
1
0
0
2
1
Peripheral Device Type
Page Code (C0H)
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Page Length
0
0
1
0
1
Drive Firmware/Hardware Information
1
0
0
4
Firmware/Hardware Information
|
|
16
Firmware/Hardware Information
0
0
0
0
0
0
(cont’d)
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 127 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-15 Jumper Information Page(cont’d)
Byte
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Code Set
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
Drive Jumper Information
17
18
19
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Data Length
0
0
ID Jumper
20
21
22
Vendor Unique
Device Control
23
Auto
Delay
Start
Start
Vendor Unique
Vendor Unique
Vendor
Unique
Write
Protect
The Peripheral Qualifier and Peripheral Device Type are returned as described in the
explanation following the Table 6-8(Standard Inquiry Data).
The Page Code C0H indicates that this page indicates the jumper information page.
The Page Length indicates the data length in bytes of the following jumper
information.
The Drive Firmware/Hardware Information indicates the drive revision level.
The Drive Jumper Information indicates the jumper pins installed on the drive PCB.
The Code Set “01H ” indicates that the Drive Jumper Information is set in a binary
Code.
The Data Length indicates the following Drive jumper information length in bytes.
INQUIRY:(12h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 128 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.3
LOG SELECT:(4CH)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
7
Operation Code (4CH)
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Parameter List Length (MSB)
8
Parameter List Length (LSB)
1
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
2
3
4
5
6
9
PC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
PCR
0
SP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The LOG SELECT command provides a means for the initiator to manage statistical
information supported by the drive. The command descriptor block of LOG
SELECT provides for sending zero or more log pages during a DATA OUT phase.
The initiator can reset all the implemented log parameters to the drive-defined
default values by setting the PCR (parameter code reset) bit to one and the
parameter list length to zero. If PCR bit is one and the parameter list length is
greater than zero, the LOG SELECT command will be terminated with CHECK
CONDITION status. The sense key will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the
sense code will be INVALID FIELD IN CDB. Table 6-16 shows all the setting
conditions.
Table 6-16
PCR
1
PCR and Parameter List Length Fields
Parameter List Length
Equal to 0
1
Greater than 0
0
Don’t care
LOG SELECT:(4C H )
Controller’s Action
Reset all the implemented log parameters to
drive-defined default values
Terminates with CHECK CONDITION status
Log parameters will not be reset
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 129 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
A save parameter (SP) bit of one directs the drive to save all log parameters to the
disk which are identified as savable by the DS (disable save) bit of their own
parameter control byte (see Table 6-17) after performing the specified LOG SELECT
operation. A SP bit of zero indicates that parameters will not be saved even the DS
bit specifies they are savable.
Table 6-17
SP
1
1
0
DS
0
1
X
SP and DS Fields
Response
Log Parameter Saved
Log Parameter Not Saved
Log Parameter Not Saved
X - Don’t care
The type of parameter value is defined by the PC (page control) field.
The page control field is shown in Table 6-18.
Table 6-18
Bit 7 Bit 6
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Page Control Field (PC)
Type of Parameter Values
LOG SENSE
LOG SELECT
Current Threshold Values
Threshold Values
Current Cumulative Values
Cumulative Values
Default Threshold Values
Default Threshold Values
Default Cumulative Values
Default Cumulative Values
The current threshold value can only be modified by the initiator via the LOG
SELECT command by setting PC field to 00B and putting the new threshold value in
the parameter value field of that log parameter. The DU (disable update) bit in the
log parameter is ignored by the drive in this case.
The current cumulative values may be updated by the drive or by the initiator using
the LOG SELECT command to reflect the cumulative number of events experienced
by the drive. This is done by the combination of PC field (01B) and DU (disable
update) bit in the parameter control byte.
The initiator can request the drive to set the current threshold parameters to the
default threshold values by using LOG SELECT command with the PC field set to
10B and the parameter list length field set to zero.
The drive will set all cumulative parameters to their default values in response to a
LOG SELECT command with the PC field set to 11 B and the parameter list length
field set to zero.
LOG SELECT:(4C H )
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 130 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The parameter list length field designates the length in bytes of the log parameter
list (log pages) to be transferred from the initiator to the drive in the phase of DATA
OUT. A parameter list of zero indicates no log pages will be sent out from the
initiator. This condition will not be treated as an error.
If page codes or parameter codes within the parameter list sent out by the initiator
are reserved or not implemented by the drive, the drive will terminate the LOG
SELECT command with CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key will be set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code will be INVALID FIELD IN
PARAMETER LIST.
If a parameter list length results in the truncation of any log parameter the drive will
terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key will be
ILLEGAL REQUEST and the sense code will be INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER
LIST.
The log pages should be sent in ascending order by page code value if multiple pages
are sent by the initiator. The log parameters also have to be sent in ascending order
by parameter code value if multiple log parameters within a page are sent. The
drive will return CHECK CONDITION status if the initiator sends or parameters
out of order. In this case, the sense key will be ILLEGAL REQUEST and the sense
code will be INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
Initiators shall issue LOG SENSE commands to determine supported pages and page
lengths before issuing LOG SELECT commands.
The drive supports only one set of log parameters for all the initiators. Therefore, if
one initiator modifies a log parameter that will affect other initiators, the drive will
generate an UNIT ATTENTION condition for all initiators except the one that issues
the LOG SELECT command to change it. This UNIT ATTENTION condition is
returned with an additional sense code of LOG PARAMETERS CHANGED.
[ Log Pages ]
Following a LOG SELECT command, zero or more log pages can be sent out by the
initiator in a DATA OUT phase. Only one log page will be returned by the drive
in a DATA IN phase after received a LOG SENSE command. A log page starts
with four-byte page header followed by zero or more variable-length log
parameters for that page. The log page format is shown as Table 6-19.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 131 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-19
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
Reserved
2
1
0
Page Code
1
2
Log Page Format
Reserved
(MSB)
Page Length (n)
3
(LSB)
Log Parameter (s)
4
•
Log Parameter (First)
(Length x)
x+3
•
•
n+4-y
•
Log Parameter (Last)
(Length y)
n+3
The page code field specified which log page is transferred.
assignments for the log pages are listed in Table 6-20.
Table 6-20
Page Code
00H
01H
02H
03H
04H
05H
06H
The page code
Log Page Codes
Description
Supported Log Pages
Not Supported
Error Counter Page (Write) Page
Error Counter Page (Read) Page
Reserved
Error Counter Page (Verify) Page
Non-Medium Error Page
(cont ’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 132 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-20 Log Page Codes (cont’d)
07H
08H- 0CH
0DH
0EH
0FH
10H
11H – 2EH
2FH
30H – 3DH
3EH
3FH
Last n Error Events Page
Reserved
Temperature Page
Start-Stop Cycle Counter Page
Application Client Page
Self-Test Results Page
Reserved
Informational Exceptions Page
Vendor Specific
Factory Log Page
Reserved
The page length field specifies the length in bytes of the following log parameters
that will be transferred between the initiator and the drive.
During a LOG SELECT command, if the initiator sends a page length that results
in the truncation of any parameter, the drive will terminate the command with
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST
with the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
If the Log Page Code is set to 01H, 04H, or 08H-3FH, the controller creates the
CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
[ Log Parameters ]
A log page may contain one or more log parameters (Table 6-21). Log parameters
may be data counters which record a count of a particular event(s) that
experienced by the drive or list parameters (strings) which contain a description of
a particular event.
Each log parameter (Table 6-21) begins with a four-byte parameter header
followed by one or more bytes of parameter value data.
Table 6-21
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
(MSB)
1
5
Log Parameter
4
3
2
1
0
Parameter Code
(LSB)
(cont ’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 133 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-21 Log Parameter (cont’d)
2
DU
DS
3
4
TSD
ETC
TMC
LBIN
LP
Parameter Length (n-3)
(MSB)
n
Parameter Value
(LSB)
The Parameter Code field specifies which log parameter, data counter or list
parameter, is being transferred for that log page.
The DU, DS, TSD, ETC, TMC, and LP fields are together referred to as the
parameter control byte.
Bit 7 : DU (Disable Update) bit
The DU bit indicates the status of log parameter updating.
The updating is done in the internal memory of the embedded controller.
Therefore, if the updating is not yet saved to the disk, requested by the initiator
or done by the drive automatically, the updated parameter values will be lost
during a power failure.
-- LOG SELECT usage -- :
For cumulative log parameter values the DU bit is defined as follows :
A zero value of DU bit indicates that the drive will increment the cumulative log
parameter value whenever an event should be noted by that parameter.
A one value of DU bit indicates that the drive will not update the log parameter
value except in response to a LOG SELECT command that specifies a new value
for the parameter.
The DU bit is not defined for threshold values nor for list parameters.
The drive will ignore the value of any DU bits in a LOG SELECT command.
To update the current threshold values , just pass the new value in the
parameter value field and specify the PC field to 00B.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 134 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
-- LOG SENSE usage -- :
A zero value of DU bit of a cumulative log parameter means the updating of that
parameter is enabled. The drive will increment the cumulative log parameter
value whenever an event should be noted by that parameter. A one value of DU
bit for a cumulative log parameter means the updating of that parameter is
disabled.
The value of DU bit is a “don’t care” for the threshold values and list
parameters.
Bit 6 : DS (Disable Save) bit
The DS bit in conjunction with the SP bit in the CDB is utilized to define if the
drive should save the specified log parameter cumulative or threshold value to
the disk after it performs a LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command. Table
6-17 shows all the conditions.
The value of DS bit is a "don't care" for the list parameter because the save
function of list parameter is not supported.
Bit 5 : TSD (Target Save Disable) bit
A TSD bit indicates the capability of the drive-defined log parameters saving.
If TSD bit is enabled, the drive will automatically save the cumulative
parameter values every hour to insure they retain statistical significance (i.e.,
across power cycles).
The TSD bit of a list parameter is “don’t care”.
The controller will
automatically save all the list parameters onto the drive every hour if any of the
TSD bits of data counters of any other pages (01H-06H) is set to zero.
-- LOG SELECT usage -- :
A zero value of TSD bit indicates the initiator requests the drive to turn on the
drive-defined saving operation. A one value of TSD bit is used by the initiator
to disable the saving operation.
If the initiator sets both the DS and the TSD bits to one, the drive will terminate
the LOG SELECT command with CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key
will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST with the additional sense code set to
INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
-- LOG SENSE usage -- :
A zero value of TSD bit means the drive-defined saving operation is supported
and enabled. On the other hand, one means it is disabled.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 135 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Bit 4 : ETC (Enable Threshold Comparison) bit
An enable threshold comparison (ETC) bit controls the comparison operation of
threshold value and cumulative value of a log parameter. The ETC bit is only
defined for cumulative and threshold parameters which are specified by the PC
field in the CDB.
If the ETC bit is set to one, the RLEC bit(Refer to Table 6-46 Control Mode
Page : Page Code = AH) is set to one and the result of the comparison is true, a
UNIT ATTENTION condition will be generated for all initiators. A sense key of
UNIT ATTENTION, a sense code of LOG EXCEPTION, and additional sense
code qualifier of THRESHOLD CONDITION MET will be returned to all
initiators by the drive.
-- LOG SELECT usage -- :
A one value of ETC bit indicates the initiator requests that a comparison to the
threshold value is performed whenever the cumulative value is updated. A
zero value of ETC bit indicates that a comparison is not to be performed.
-- LOG SENSE usage -- :
A one value of ETC bit indicates the threshold comparison operation is enabled.
A zero value of ETC bit indicates the threshold comparison operation is
disabled.
Bit 3,2 : TMC (Threshold Met Criteria) bit
The TMC field (Table 6-22) defines the basis for comparison of the cumulative
and threshold values. The TMC field is valid only if the ETC bit is one.
Table 6-22
Bit 3 Bit 2
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
Threshold Met Criteria
Basis for Comparison
Every update of the cumulative value
Cumulative value equal threshold value
Cumulative value not equal threshold value
Cumulative value greater than threshold value
Bit 1 : LBIN bit
The LBIN bit is only valid if the LP is one. If the LP bit is one and the LBIN bit
is zero then
the list parameter is a string of ASCII graphic codes. If the LP bit is one and the
LBIN bit is
one then the list parameter is a list of binary information.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 136 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Bit 0 : LP (List Parameter) bit
The LP bit indicates the type of the log parameter, data counter or list
parameter.
If an initiator attempts to set the value of the LP bit to a value other than the
one returned for the same parameter in the LOG SENSE command, the drive
will terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key
will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code will be
INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
An LP bit of zero indicates that the parameter is a data counter. Data counters
are associated with one or more events. Its cumulative parameter value will be
incremented whenever one of those associated events occurs and the DU bit is
zero. Each data counter has its own drive-defined maximum value. Upon
reaching this maximum value, the drive will set the data counter associated DU
bit to one to prevent further updating of this counter. And incrementing of all
counters in the same log page will be ceased until re- initialized by the initiator
via a LOG SELECT command. If the data counter is at or reaches its maximum
value during the execution of a command, the drive will complete the command.
If the command completes correctly (except the data counter being at its
maximum value) and if RLEC (Report Log Exception Condition) bit of the
control mode page is set to one, then the drive will terminate the command with
CHECK CONDITION status and set the sense key to RECOVERED ERROR
with the additional sense code set to LOG COUNTER AT MAXIMUM.
An LP bit of one indicates that the parameter is a list parameter. List
parameters are not counters and thus the ETC and TMC fields shall be set to
zero by the initiator.
If more than one list parameter is defined in a single log page, the following
rules apply to assigning parameter codes :
1. The list parameter updated last will have a higher parameter code than the
previous list parameter, except as described in rule 2.
2. When the maximum parameter code value supported by the drive,
determined by the available memory size, the drive will assign the lowest
parameter code value to the next list parameter (i.e., wraparound parameter
codes).
If the associated command completes correctly (except for the
parameter code being at its maximum value) and if the RLEC bit of the control
mode page is set to one, then the drive will terminate the command with
CHECK CONDITION status and set the sense key to RECOVERED ERROR
with the additional sense code set to LOG LIST CODES EXHAUSTED.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 137 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Parameter Length field specifies the length in bytes of the following
Parameter Value field. If the initiator sends a parameter length value that
results in the truncation of the parameter value, the drive will terminate the
command with CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key will be set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST with the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN
PARAMETER LIST.
If the initiator sends a log parameter value that is not supported by the drive, the
drive will terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status with a sense
key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN
PARAMETER LIST.
Supported Log Pages (Page Code = 00 H )
The supported log page is only defined for LOG SENSE command.
It returns the list of log pages implemented by the drive.
Table 6-23
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
0
3
0
Supported Log Pages
4
3
2
Page Code(00H)
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Page Length (000AH)
(LSB)
4
00H (Supported Log Page)
5
02H (Error Counter Write Page)
6
03H (Error Counter Read Page)
7
05H (Error Counter Verify Page)
8
06H (Non-Medium Error Page)
9
07H (Last n Error Events Page)
10
0DH (Temperature Page)
(cont’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 138 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-23 Supported Log Pages (cont’d)
11
0EH (Start-Stop cycle counter Page)
12
0FH (Application client Page)
13
10H (Self-Test Results Page)
14
2FH (Informational Exceptions Page)
15
3EH (Factory Log Page)
The page length field specifies the length in bytes of the following supported page
list. There is one byte for one page code ; therefore, the page length also indicates
the total number of log pages supported by the drive.
The supported page list field will contain a list of all log page codes implemented
by the drive in ascending order beginning with page code 00H.
Error Counter Log Pages (Page Code = 02 H , 03H , 05 H )
The formats of three supported error counter pages, read (page code 3H), write
(page 2H), and verify (page 5H), are the same. The error counter page for read
operation is defined in Table 6-24 to represent all three pages. A page can return
one or more error counters which record events defined by the parameter codes
(Table 6-25).
Table 6-24
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
Error Counter Read Page (Page Code = 3H)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
0
3
0
4
3
2
Page Code
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
Page Length (n)
(LSB)
(cont’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 139 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-24 Error Counter Read Page (Page Code = 3H) (cont’d)
Error Counter (s)
4
(MSB)
Parameter Code
5
6
DU
DS
7
8
•
•
15
TSD
ETC
TMC
LBIN
0
(LSB)
LP
0
Parameter Length (8)
(MSB)
Parameter Value
(LSB)
|
|
n-8
•
•
n+3
Error Counter (Last)
(Length 12)
Table 6-25
Parameter Codes for Error Counter Pages
Parameter Code
Description
Error sectors corrected on the fly ECC
0000H
Error sectors corrected by ECC with possible delays (Note 1)
0001H
Error sectors recovered with re-writes or re-reads
0002H
Total error sectors recovered
0003H
Total times tried to recover
0004H
0005H
Total bytes processed in block size
0006H
Total unrecovered error sectors
0007H -7FFFH
Reserved
8000H -FFFFH
Vendor Unique
Note 1 : In case of error counter write page, a zero value will be returned on LOG
SENSE command. A GOOD status will be returned on LOG SELECT
command but no other actions will be performed.
Note 2 : The contents of error counter are vendor unique.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 140 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Non-Medium Error Page (Page Code = 06 H )
This page records the occurrences of recoverable error events other than write,
read, or verify failures. This controller provide two vender specific error
counters : track following error and positioning error (Table 6-27). Both of these
vendor specific error counts are included in the non-medium error count.
Table 6-26
Byte
0
Bit
1
2
7
Non-Medium Error Page (Page Code = 6H)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
0
4
3
2
Page Code
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
Page Length (n)
3
(LSB)
Error Counter (s)
4
(MSB)
Parameter Code
5
6
DU
DS
7
8
•
•
15
TSD
ETC
TMC
LBIN
0
(LSB)
LP
0
Parameter Length (8)
(MSB)
Parameter Value
(LSB)
|
|
n-8
•
•
n+3
Error Counter (Last)
(Length 12)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 141 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-27
Non-Medium Error Event Parameter Codes
Parameter Code
0000H
0001H-7FFFH
8000H-FFFFH
8009H
8015H
Description
Non-Medium Error Count
Reserved
Vendor-Specific Error Counts
Track Following Error
Positioning Error
Last n Error Events Page (Page Code = 07 H)
Log page 7H is a list parameter page. Each list parameter is an error-event record
which contains drive-specific diagnostic information for a single error encountered
by the drive. There are 23 of these error-event records supported by this
controller. The length of a list parameter and the kinds of error-events will be
supported are defined in the following Table 6-28. The content of the parameter
value field of each log PARAMETER is an ASCII character string which may
describe the error event. The exact contents of the character string is also in the
same table.
Table 6-28
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
Last n Error Events Page(Page Code = 7H)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
0
0
4
3
2
Page Code
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
Page Length (n)
3
(LSB)
Error Counter (s)
4
(MSB)
Parameter Code
5
6
DU
DS
TSD
ETC
0
0
TMC
0
LBIN
0
(LSB)
LP
1
(cont’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 142 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-28
7
8
•
x+7
Last n Error Events Page(Page Code = 7H) (cont’d)
Parameter Length (x)
(MSB)
Event Description
(LSB)
|
|
n-y+4
•
n+3
Error Event (Last)
(Length y)
The parameter code in an error-event record indicates the relative time at which
the error occurred. The higher the parameter code indicates the later an error
event occurred. The valid parameter codes supported by this controller are from
0000H to FFFFH.
When the drive reaches beyond the last supported parameter code (FFFFH) for an
error-event record, then a parameter code of (000H) is to be taken as wraparound
codes.
Temperature Page (Page Code = 0D H )
This clause defines the optional temperature log page(page code 0DH).
The temperature sensed in the device at the time the LOG SENSE command is
performed shall be returned in the parameter field defined by parameter code
0000H.
Temperature equal to or less than zero Degrees Celsius shall be indicated by a
value of zero. If a valid temperature cannot be detected because of a sensor failure
or other condition, the value returned shall be FFH.
The temperature should be reported with an accuracy of plus or minus three
Celsius Degrees while the device is operating at a steady state within the
environmental limits specified for the device.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 143 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-29
Byte
0
Bit
1
7
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
2
Temperature Page(Page Code = DH)
0
0
4
3
2
Page Code
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
Page Length (6)
3
(LSB)
4
5
6
0
0
0
DU
0
DS
1
Parameter Code (MSB)
0
0
0
Parameter Code (LSB)
0
0
0
0
TSD
ETC
TMC
0
7
0
0
0
LBIN
1
0
LP
1
0
0
Parameter Length (2)
8
0
0
9
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Temperature (Degrees Celsius)
Start-Stop Cycle Counter Page (Page Code = 0E H)
This clause defines the optional start-stop cycle counter page(page code 0E.H).
A device that implements the start-stop cycle counter page shall implement one or
more of the defined parameters. Table 6-30 shows the start-stop cycle counter page
with all parameters present.
Table 6-30
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
Start-Stop Cycle Counter Page(Page Code = 0EH)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
Page Code
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
(cont’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 144 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-30 Start-Stop Cycle Counter Page(Page Code = 0EH) (cont’d)
2
(MSB)
Page Length (24H)
3
4
(LSB)
(MSB)
Parameter Code (0001H)
Date of Manufacture
5
6
DU
DS
7
8
•
•
11
12
TSD
(LSB)
(MSB)
Week of Manufacture
(2 ASCII Characters)
(MSB)
DU
(LSB)
Parameter Code (0002H)
Accounting Date
DS
TSD
ETC
TMC
LBIN
(LSB)
LP
Parameter Length (06H)
(MSB)
Accounting Date Year
(4 ASCII Characters)
(LSB)
(MSB)
Accounting Date Week
(2 ASCII Characters)
23
24
(LSB)
LP
Year of Manufacture
(4 ASCII Characters)
17
18
•
•
21
22
LBIN
(MSB)
15
16
TMC
Parameter Length (06H)
13
14
ETC
(MSB)
25
(LSB)
Parameter Code (0003H)
Specified Cycle Count Over Device Lifetime
(LSB)
(cont’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 145 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-30
26
DU
Start-Stop Cycle Counter Page(Page Code = 0EH) (cont’d)
DS
27
28
•
•
31
32
TMC
LBIN
LP
(MSB)
Specified Cycle Count Over Device Lifetime
(4 Byte Binary Number)
(LSB)
(MSB)
Parameter Code (0004H)
Accumulated Start-Stop Cycles
DU
DS
35
36
•
•
39
ETC
Parameter Length (04H)
33
34
TSD
TSD
ETC
TMC
LBIN
(LSB)
LP
Parameter Length (04H)
(MSB)
Accumulated Start-Stop Cycles
(4 Byte Binary Number)
(LSB)
The year and week in the year that the device was manufactured shall be set in
the parameter field defined by parameter code 0001H. The date of manufacture
shall not be savable by the initiator via the LOG SELECT command. The date is
expressed in numeric ASCII characters (30H - 39H) in the form YYYYWW, as shown
in Table 6-30.
The accounting date specified by parameter code 0002H is a parameter that may
optionally be savable via the LOG SELECT command to indicate when the device
was placed in service.
If the parameter is not yet set or is not settable, the default value placed in the
parameter field shall be 6 ASCII blank characters(20H). The field shall not be
checked for validity by this controller.
The Specified cycle count over device lifetime (parameter code 0003H) is a
parameter provided by this controller. The specified cycle count over device
lifetime parameter shall not be savable by initiator via the LOG SELECT
command. The parameter value is a 4 byte binary number.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 146 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The value indicates how many stop-start cycle may typically be executed over the
lifetime of the device without degrading the device’s operation or reliability
outside the limits specified by the manufacture of the device.
The accumulated start-stop cycles (parameter code 0004h) is a parameter provided
by this controller. The accumulated start-stop cycles parameter shall not be
savable by initiator via the LOG SELECT command. The parameter value is a 4byte binary number. The value indicates how many start-stop cycles the device has
detected since its date of manufacture.
Application Client Page (Page Code = 0F H)
The application client page (see Table 6-31) provides a place for application clients
to store system information. The page code for the application client page is 0Fh.
Table 6-31
Byte
0
Bit
1
2
7
Application Client Page(Page Code = 0FH)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
0
0
4
3
2
Page Code
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
Page Length (4000H)
3
(LSB)
Application Client Log Parameters
4
•
•
259
First Application Client Log Parameter
|
|
16132
•
•
16387
64th Application Client Log Parameters
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 147 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Parameter codes 0000h through 003Fh are for general usage application client
data. The intended use for this information is to aid in describing the system
configuration and system problems, but the exact definition of the data is
application client specific. The general usage application client data parameters
all have the format shown in Table 6-32.
Table 6-32
Byte
0
Bit
7
General usage application client parameter data
6
(MSB)
DU
1
4
3
2
1
0
Parameter Code (0000H to 003FH)
1
2
5
DS
0
3
4
•
•
255
TSD
ETC
TMC
0
0
Parameter Length (FCH)
LBIN
1
(LSB)
LP
1
General Usage Parameter Bytes
For general usage application client data, the value in the Parameter Code field
shall be between 0000h and 003Fh. The first supported general usage application
client parameter code shall be 0000h and additional supported parameters shall
be sequentially numbered.
The general usage parameter is savable by initiator via the LOG SELECT
Command.
If the parameter is not yet set, the default value placed in the parameter field shall
be all zero data.
If the parameter control field(byte2) is not satisfied in Table 6-32, the CHECK
CONDITION Status with the ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense key is reported.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 148 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Self-Test Results Page (Page Code = 10 H )
The Self-Test Results log page provides the results from the twenty most recent
self-tests.
Results from the most recent self-test or the self-test currently in progress shall be
reported in the first self-test log parameter; results from the second most recent
self-test shall be reported in the second self-test log parameter; etc. If fewer than
twenty self-tests have occurred, the unused self-test log parameter entries shall be
zero filled.
Table 6-33
Byte
0
Bit
1
2
7
Self-Test Results Page(Page Code = 10H)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
0
0
4
3
2
Page Code
1
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Page Length (190H)
3
(LSB)
Self-Test Results Log Parameters
4
•
•
23
First Self-Test Results Log Parameters
|
|
384
•
•
403
Twentieth Self-Test Results Log Parameters
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 149 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-34 shows the format of one self-test log parameter.
Table 6-34
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
(MSB)
DU
0
DS
0
3
4
5
3
2
TSD
ETC
TMC
0
0
Parameter Length (10H)
Self-Test Code
5
6
4
1
0
LBIN
1
(LSB)
LP
1
Parameter Code (0001H to 0014H)
1
2
Self-Test Results Log Parameter Format
(MSB)
Reserved
0
Self-Test Number
Self-Test Results
Time Stamp
7
8
•
•
15
16
(LSB)
(MSB)
Address of First Failure
(LSB)
0
Reserved
0
0
Sense Key
17
0
Additional Sense Code
18
Additional Sense Code Qualifier
19
Vendor-Specific
The Parameter Code field identifies the log parameter being transferred.The
Parameter Code field for the results of the most recent self-test shall contain
0001H; the Parameter Code field for the results of the second most recent test shall
contain 0002H; etc.
The Self-Test Code field contains the value in the Self-Test Code field of the SEND
DIAGNOSTIC command(see 6.29) that initiated this self-test.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 150 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-35
Self-Test
Results
Value
0H
1H
2H
3H
4H
5H
6H
7H
8H-EH
FH
Self-Test Results Values
Description
The self-test completed without error.
The background self-test was aborted by the application client
using a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command(see 6.29) with the SelfTest Code field set to (100)b (Abort background self-test).
The self-test routine was aborted by an application client using a
method other than a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command(see 6.29)
with the Self-Test Code field set to (100)b.
An unknown error occurred while the device server was executing
the self-test and the device server was unable to complete the
self-test.
The self-test completed with a failure in a test segment, and the
test segment that failed is not known.
The first segment of the self-test failed.
The second segment of the self-test failed.
Another segment of the self-test failed (see the Self-Test Segment
Number field).
Reserved
The self-test is in progress.
The Self-Test Number field identifies the self-test that failed and consists of either:
1) the number of the segment that failed during the set-test; or
2) the number of the test that failed and the number of the segment in which the
test was run, using a vendor specific method for placing the two values in the
one field.
When the segment in which the failure occurred cannot or need not be identified,
the Self-Test Number field shall contain 00H.
The Time Stamp field contains the total accumulated power-on hours for the
device server at the time the self-test was completed. If the test is still in progress,
the content of the Time Stamp field shall be zero. If the power-on hours for the
device at the time the self-test was completed is greater than FFFFH then the
content of the Time Stamp field be FFFFH.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 151 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Address of First Failure field contains information that locates the failure on
the media. If the logical unit implements logical blocks, the content of the Address
of First Failure field is the first logical block address where a self-test error
occurred. This implies nothing about the quality of any other logical block on the
logical unit, since the testing during which the error occurred may not have been
performed in a sequential manner. This value shall not change. The content of the
Address of First Failure field shall be FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFH if no errors occurred
during the self-test or if the error that occurred is not related to an identifiable
media address.
The Sense Key, Additional Sense Code, and Additional Sense Code Qualifier field
may contain a hierarchy of additional information to error or exception conditions
that occurred during the self-test represented in the same format used by sense
data.
Informational Exceptions Page (Page Code = 2F H)
Table 6-36
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
Informational Exceptions Page (Page Code = 2FH)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
(MSB)
1
0
0
Page Code
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
Parameter Code (0000H)
DU
0
DS
0
TSD
ETC
TMC
0
0
Parameter Length (04H)
7
8
2
(LSB)
(MSB)
5
6
3
Page Length (0008H)
3
4
4
LBIN
0
(LSB)
LP
0
Informational Exception Additional Code
(cont’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 152 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-36
Informational Exceptions Page (Page Code = 2FH) (cont’d)
9
Informational Exception Additional Sense Code Qualifier
10
Current Measured Temperature(Degrees Celsius)
11
Maximum Temperature Threshold(Degrees Celsius)
If the informational exception additional sense code field contains zero, no
informational exception condition is pending and contents of the informational
exception additional sense code qualifier field are unspecified.
If the
informational exception additional sense code field contains any value other than
zero, an informational exception condition exists that has an additional sense code
indicated by informational exception additional sense code field and an additional
sense code qualifier indicated by the informational exception additional sense code
qualifier field.
The current measured temperature field reports temperature of the device.
Temperature equal to or less than zero Degrees Celsius shall be indicated by a
value of zero. If a valid temperature cannot be detected because of a sensor failure
or other condition, the value returned shall be FFH.
The temperature should be reported with an accuracy of plus or minus three
Celsius Degrees while the device is operating at a steady state within the
environmental limits specified for the device
The maximum temperature threshold field reports maximum temperature
threshold of the device.
Factory Log Page (Page Code = 3E H )
Table 6-37
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
Factory Log Page (Page Code = 3EH)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
1
0
0
0
4
3
2
Page Code
1
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
(cont’d)
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 153 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-37
2
Factory Log Page (Page Code = 3EH) (cont’d)
(MSB)
Page Length (0008H)
3
4
(LSB)
(MSB)
Parameter Code (0000H)
5
6
DU
0
DS
0
7
8
|
11
12
(MSB)
(MSB)
DU
0
(LSB)
LP
0
(LSB)
Parameter Code (0008H)
DS
0
15
16
|
19
LBIN
0
Power On Time
13
14
TSD
ETC
TMC
0
0
Parameter Length (04H)
(MSB)
TSD
ETC
TMC
0
0
Parameter Length (04 H)
LBIN
0
Next S.M.A.R.T. Measurement Time
(LSB)
LP
0
(LSB)
The parameter code 0000H is Power On Time. This parameter code represents
the number of the controller power on minutes.
The parameter code 0008H is Next S.M.A.R.T. Measurement Time.
This
parameter reports the time, in minutes, to the next scheduled interrupt for a
S.M.A.R.T. measurement.
LOG SELECT:(4Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 154 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.4
LOG SENSE:(4DH)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
4
5
5
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
2
3
6
PC
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
0
PPC
0
1
SP
0
0
0
0
0
0
Operation Code (4DH)
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Page Code
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Parameter Pointer
6
7
(LSB)
(MSB)
Allocation Length
8
9
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Flag
(LSB)
Link
The LOG SENSE command provides a way for the initiator to retrieve drive
statistical information maintained by the drive. This command allows the initiator
to request only one log page from the drive at a time.
A PPC (Parameter Pointer Control) bit of one indicates the drive will return a
specified log page of parameter code values (16-bit unsigned integers) which has been
updated since the last LOG SELECT or SENSE command. And only those
parameter codes following the parameter pointer field (included) will be returned.
A PPC bit of zero will cause the drive to return the number of bytes specified by the
allocation length field in ascending order of parameter codes beginning with the
parameter code designated in the parameter pointer field. A PPC bit of zero and a
parameter pointer field of zero will cause the drive to return all available log
parameters for the specified log page to the initiator subject to the allocation length.
But the host computer always must specify PPC bit = 0 since the controller supports
PPC = 0 only.
LOG SENSE:(4Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 155 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The SP bit works as it does in the LOG SELECT command. It provides the option
for the initiator to save all log parameters, identified as savable by the DS bit, of the
specified log page to the disk after the LOG SENSE operation has been performed.
The PC (page control) field defines the type of parameter values to be selected (see
Table 6-18). The parameter values returned by a LOG SENSE command are
determined as the following priority list :
1.
2.
3.
The last updated parameter values.
The saved values are returned if an update has not occurred since the last
power-on, hard RESET condition, or BUS DEVICE RESET message.
The default values are returned if an update has not occurred since the last
power-on, hard RESET condition, or BUS DEVICE RESET message and
saved values are not available.
The Page code field specifies which log page is requested from the drive.
A reserved or not implemented page code requested by the initiator will cause the
drive to terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key
will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code will be INVALID
FIELD IN CDB.
The parameter pointer field is used by the initiator to request log parameters
beginning from a specific parameter code to the maximum allocation length or the
maximum parameter code supported by the drive, whichever is less. If the value of
the parameter pointer field is larger than the largest supported parameter code of
the specified log page, the drive will terminate the command with CHECK
CONDITION status. The sense key will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the
additional sense code will be INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
Log parameters within the specified log page will be returned in ascending
parameter code order.
The Log Sense page format is as described in the LOG SELECT command (section
6.3).
LOG SENSE:(4Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 156 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.5
MODE SELECT:(15H)
Byte
0
1
2
3
Bit
7
6
4
3
2
Operation Code (15H)
1
0
1
PF
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Parameter List Length
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
4
5
5
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
SP
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The MODE SELECT command provides a means for the host computer to specify or
change medium, logical unit, controller, or peripheral device parameters to the
controller. There are some parameters which cannot be changed by the host
computer.
With this command the host computer can control error recovery, disconnection /
reconnection, medium formatting, and caching.
The MODE SELECT command is used with the MODE SENSE command (see 6.7).
The MODE SENSE command is used to request the controller to transfer parameters
to the host computer.
The controller manages the following three types of values as MODE SELECT data :
· Default values: The default values are stored in the system area written within
the drive.
· Current values: The current values are used by the controller during operations
and stored in controller RAM.
· Saved values: The saved values are stored in the system area of the drive.
The controller saves the current values on the drive as specified
by the host computer with the MODE SELECT or FORMAT
UNIT command.
These values become the latest saved values.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 157 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
By making use of the save function, the host computer can eliminate the reissuing of
the MODE SELECT command each time the controller is powered on; that is, the
controller can automatically restore the current values from the saved values.
The PF (Page Format) bit is ignored. All data must comply to the pages as described
in this manual.
The SP (Save Parameters) bit, when set to 1, indicates that the controller saves this
specified page and parameters (current values) into the system area of the drive after
updating the parameters in the specified page. The following pages are savable:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read-write error recovery page (page code 1H)
Disconnect-reconnect page (page code 2H)
Verify error recovery page (page code 7H)
Caching page (page code 8H)
Control mode page (page code A H)
XOR Control page (page code 10H)
Enclosure Service Management page (page code 14H)
Fibre Channel Specification page (page code 19H)
Power Condition Control Page (page code 1AH)
Informational Exceptions Condition page (page code 1CH)
When the SP bit is set to 0, the controller only updates the parameters and does not
save them.
The Parameter List Length specifies the length in bytes of the MODE SELECT
parameter list to be transferred in the Data Out phase. A parameter list length of 0
specifies that no data is to be transferred. This condition, however, is not considered
an error.
The Mode Select Parameter List (Table 6-38) consists of a 4-byte header, followed by
zero or one block descriptors, followed by zero or more page descriptors.
The 4-byte Mode Select header must always be transferred whenever the Mode
Select parameter list is transferred.
If this is not satisfied, the CHECK
CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key is reported.
The controller will create the CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL
REQUEST sense key if an invalid field or bit value is specified as follows:
If the controller cannot implement the exact value of parameter requested by the
host computer and the parameter rounding is permitted, the controller rounds the
value to its nearest value within its supporting range.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 158 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
In this case, the controller creates CHECK CONDITION status with RECOVERED
ERROR sense key after executing the command and the additional sense code (Sense
data byte 12) set to 37H (ROUNDED PARAMETER).
The host computer can also check the rounded value using a MODE SENSE
command requesting the current value.
If the controller receives a parameter value that it does not support and the
parameter rounding is not permitted, it rejects the command returning the CHECK
CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 159 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-38 Mode Select Parameter List
Byte
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
MODE SELECT Header
0
1
2
0
0
WP
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
3
Reserved
0
0
Medium Type(00H)
0
0
DPOFUA
0
Block Descriptor Length
0
Block Descriptor
0
Number of Blocks (MSB)
1
Number of Blocks
2
Number of Blocks
3
Number of Blocks (LSB)
4
5
Reserved
0
0
Block Length (MSB)
6
Block Length
7
Block Length (LSB)
0
0
0
0
Page Descriptor (s)
0
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
1
Page Length (in bytes)
2-n
Refer to each Page
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 160 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Medium Type field must always be loaded with code 00H and identify the default
medium type.
The controller ignores WP and DPOFUA bit in MODE SELECT command.
The Block Descriptor Length field specifies the total length in bytes of the block
descriptors. The eligible length values are 0 and 8. This means that at most one
block descriptor can be specified.
The Block Descriptor field specifies the area on the medium that is accessible to the
host computer.
The Number of Blocks field specifies the number of logical blocks on the medium that
satisfy the block length in the block descriptor. The number of blocks field = 0
indicates that the number of blocks value is not changed from the current value if the
block length of the Block Descriptor remains the same as the current value. And if
the block length of the Block Descriptor is different from the current value, the
controller uses the default maximum number of blocks as the number of blocks value.
The block length field specifies the length in bytes of the logical block.
Please refer to “Product Specifications” for the information of the eligible block length
values.
Each page is preceded by a 2-byte page header that defines the page code and page
length.
The Page Code field specifies the meaning of the bytes following the page length field.
The Page Code field must be loaded with a page code that is supported by the
controller. The page codes supported by the SCSI controller are listed below.
Page Code
Meaning
1H
Read-write error recovery page
2H
Disconnect-reconnect page
3H
Format device page
4H
Rigid disk geometry page
7H
Verify error recovery page
8H
Caching page
AH
Control mode page
CH
Notch and partition page
10H
XOR Control page
14H
Enclosure Service Management page
19H
Fibre Channel Specification page
1AH
Power condition page
1CH
Informational exceptions control page
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 161 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Page Length field specifies the number of bytes that follow the page length field.
The Page Length field must be loaded with a page length value that is supported by
the controller. This value is reported by the controller to the host computer by
checking it in the page length field of the Mode Sense data.
The controller assumes and reports a contiguous page area even if the page contains
unsupported fields.
The host computer can transfer all pages supported by the controller including
unchanged pages. The page codes may be specified in any order.
Except the block descriptors are managed on a controller unit basis.
When value in these areas are changed, the controller reports the CHECK
CONDITION status with UNIT ATTENTION sense key to the first command sent by
any initiator other than the one that changed these value. The host computer must
load 0’s into the corresponding fields and bits that are flagged as unchangeable in
the Mode Sense data.
Precautions to be observe on the host computer side
It is recommended that the host computer issue a MODE SENSE command
requesting the controller to return all changeable values prior to issuing any
MODE SELECT commands, in order to find out the pages supported by the
controller, page lengths, and changeable fields or bits.
It is recommended that the host computer issues the RESERVE UNIT command
prior to executing the MODE SELECT command which intends to change the page
3H (Format parameter) and/or page 4H (Geometry parameter), and issues the
RELEASE UNIT command after the completion of the FORMAT UNIT command.
This procedure will prevent another host computer from issuing different Mode
Select parameters to the same unit prior to the execution of the FORMAT UNIT
command.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 162 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 1 H ]
Table 6-39
Bit
Byte
0
1
7
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
AWRE
2
Read - Write Error Recovery Page (Page Code = 1H)
0
ARRE
4
0
TB
3
Page Code(01H)
0
0
0
Page Length(0A H)
0
1
0
RC
EER
PER
3
Read Retry Count
4
Correction Span
5
Head Offset Count
6
Data Strobe Offset Count
7
2
Reserved
0
0
Write Retry Count
1
0
0
1
1
DTE
0
DCR
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Recovery Time Limit (MSB)
11
Recovery Time Limit (LSB)
8
9
ARRE, TB, RC and DCR bits in error recovery flag (byte 2) are applied to the data
area of the blocks during Read operation. AWRE is applied to the data area of the
blocks during Write operation. PER and DTE are applied to errors occurred
during read, write or seek operation. EER is ignored.
Bit 7 : AWRE (Automatic Write Reallocation for defective data blocks
Enabled)
When set to one , allows the controller to automatically relocate bad
blocks detected during write operations.
This function is applied to WRITE, WRITE EXTENDED command but
not applied to FORMAT UNIT command.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 163 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The drive performs automatic reallocation upon the abnormal
termination of write operation after the drive proceeds error recovery
process which is specified by mode select.
The drive shall create CHECK CONDITION status with sense key of
MEDIUM ERROR when the drive fails to do automatic reallocation.
When set to 0, this bit indicates that the controller does not perform
automatic reallocation of defective data blocks during write operations.
Bit 6 : ARRE (Automatic Read Reallocation for defective data blocks Enabled)
When set to one, allows the controller to automatically relocate bad
blocks detected during read operations.
This function is applied to READ, READ EXTENDED command.
The drive performs automatic reallocation if the data recovery has
been done normally after the drive proceeds error recovery process
which is specified by mode select.
The drive shall create CHECK CONDITION status with sense key of
MEDIUM ERROR when the drive fails to do automatic reallocation.
When set to 0, this bit indicates that the controller does not perform
automatic reallocation of defective data blocks during read operations.
Bit 5 : TB (Transfer Block)
When set to 1, this bit specifies that the data in the error block
(recoverable or unrecoverable) is to be transferred to the host
computer.
When this bit is set to 0, it specifies that the error block data is not to
be transferred to the host computer.
Note :
In either case, the information byte area of the sense
data is loaded with the error block address.
Bit 4 : RC (Read Continuous)
When set to 1, this bit specifies that the controller is to transfer the
entire requested length of data without attempting an error recovery
procedure. The controller may send data which may be fabricated
(e.g., garbage data in the buffer) to maintain a continuous flow of data.
This bit is given precedence over the other bits in this byte.
When this bit is set to 0, it indicates that error recovery operations
which cause reasonable delays are acceptable during the data transfer.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 164 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Bit 3 : EER (Enable Early Recovery)
When set to 1, this bit specifies that the controller is to attempt error
correction, if possible, before applying retries.
When this bit is set to 0, it specifies that the controller is to carry out
the predetermined number of retries before attempting error
correction.
Bit 2 : PER (Post Error)
When set to 1, this bit specifies that the controller is to enable the
reporting of the CHECK CONDITION status with the RECOVERED
ERROR sense key.
When this bit is set to 0, it specifies that the controller does not set the
CHECK CONDITION status for RECOVERED ERROR.
Bit 1 : DTE (Disable Transfer on Error)
When set to 1, this bit specifies that the controller is to create the
CHECK CONDITION status upon detection of the first error block,
irrespective of whether the error is recoverable or not.
When this bit is set to 0, it indicates that the controller can continue
transferring the recovered data to the host computer until an
unrecoverable error occurs or the specified length of data bytes to be
transferred have exhausted.
Bit 0 : DCR (Disable Correction)
When set to 1, this bit specifies that the controller must not attempt
error correction during the error recovery procedure.
When this bit is set to 0, it indicates that the controller can attempt
error correction during the error recovery procedure.
Combinations of error control bits (bits 0-3) are summarized in Table 6-40.
There are some bit combinations that are not allowed.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 165 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3
EER
0
2
PER
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
Table 6-40 Error Control Bit Combinations
1
0
Description
DTE DCR
0
0
- Retries then correction are attempted (EER &
DCR off).
- Recovered data are transferred to the host
computer with no CHECK CONDITION status
(PER off). Data transfer stops only when an
unrecoverable error is encountered, in which case
the CHECK CONDITION status is created.
- The transfer of unrecoverable data block depends
on the setting of the TB bit.
0
1
- Same as (0000) above but no correction applied
(DCR on).
1
0
- Invalid request (DTE on, PER off)
1
1
- Invalid request (DTE on, PER off)
0
0
- Same as (0000) above except that the last
recovered block is reported with RECOVERED
ERROR sense key (PER on) at the end of the data
transfer if a recoverable error occurs.
0
1
- Same as (0100) above but no correction applied
(DCR on).
1
0
- Retries then correction are attempted (EER &
DCR off) on first error.
Transfer is then stopped (DTE on).
- The controller creates the CHECK CONDITION
status with RECOVERED ERROR sense key (PER
on) if the error is corrected. The CHECK
CONDITION status is also created if the error is
unrecoverable.
- Transfer of the recovered or unrecovered block
depends on the setting of the TB bit.
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
Note : It is recommended that this mode be used
with the TB bit set on.
- Same as (0110) above but no correction applied
(DCR on).
- Same as (0000) above except that correction is
applied first (EER on, DCR off).
- Invalid request (EER on, DCR on)
- Invalid request (PER off, DTE on)
(cont’d)
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 166 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-40 Error Control Bit Combinations (cont’d)
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
- Invalid request
(EER on, DCR on)
(PER off, DTE on)
- Same as (0100) above except that correction is
applied first (EER on, DCR off).
- Invalid request (EER on, DCR on)
- Same as (0110) above except that correction is
applied first (EER on, DCR off).
- Invalid request (EER on, DCR on)
Read Retry Count and Write Retry Count specify the host permissible retry counts
for an error recovery operations executed by the controller.
The controller retries within these retry counts specified by the host computer.
Retry count 0 indicates that the host permissible error recovery operations are not
executed, The error correction by ECC and the host impermissible recovery
operations, however, may be executed if it is permitted.
The correction Span specifies the maximum error bits span to be corrected by the
controller.
The controller corrects an ECC error within the specified maximum error bits span,
if the error correction is permitted.
Head Offset Count specifies the offset value of the head position from the center of
track. (Count value range ; FEH to 02H = -2 to +2, + ; offset toward the inner
periphery.)
The controller executes the head offset as the specified count value.
The controller will change the offset value depending on the retry count in the
error retry
sequence. (See 2.3.1). After the retry operation, the offset is returned to the
Count value. When the write operation is executed, the offset is always returned
to 0.
Data Strobe Offset Count specifies the offset value of the data strobing level from
the standard level. (Count value range ; FEH to 02H = -2 to +2)
The controller will change the offset value depending on the retry count in the
error retry sequence. (See 2.3.1) After the retry operation, the offset is returned
to the Count value. When the write operation is executed, the offset is always
returned to 0.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 167 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Recovery Time Limit specifies the time limit in 1ms increments, in which the
controller can execute the data error retrials.
The controller attempts the error recovery operation per command, within the
shorter time either of the Retry Count or the Recovery Time Limit.
There is the case that the time out is held pending until one operation finishes
even if the time out is detected after starting error recovery operation. In this
case, the actual time limit sometimes exceeds the time limit specified by the host
computer.
If the Recovery Time Limit is set to 0000H, the controller shall use its default
value.
If the Recovery Time Limit is set to FFFFH, the controller waits until the recovery
operation has terminated.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 168 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 2 H ]
Table 6-41
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
Disconnect - Reconnect Page (Page Code = 2H )
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
3
2
Page Code(02H)
0
0
0
Page Length(0E H)
0
1
1
Bus Full Ratio
3
Buffer Empty Ratio
4
Bus Inactivity Limit (MSB)
5
Bus Inactivity Limit (LSB)
6
Disconnect Time Limit (MSB)
7
Disconnect Time Limit (LSB)
8
Connect Time Limit (MSB)
9
Connect Time Limit (LSB)
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
Maximum Burst Size (MSB)
0
0
0
0
Maximum Burst Size (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
DIMM
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
DTDC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Buffer Full Ratio and Buffer Empty Ratio parameters are the numerator of a
fractional multiplier that has 256 as its denominator and these parameters
indicate the full or empty ratio of buffer.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 169 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The controller calculates the timing to be considered as Buffer Full / Empty in the
number of blocks based on the specified ratio, the transfer data size and the buffer
size.
Buffer Full Ratio specifies the amount of data considered as Buffer Full during the
READ operation, and the controller uses it as a timing of reconnection for data
transfer to the host computer.
The controller uses the value which is rounded down in the number of blocks based
on the ratio.
If Buffer Full Ratio is set to 0, the controller considers as Buffer Full when the first
block to be read is detected.
Further, the controller gives priority to the internal algorithm irrespective of the
value specified in the Buffer Full Ratio.
The Buffer Empty Ratio specifies the amount of written data considered as Buffer
Empty during the WRITE operation, and the controller uses it as a timing of
reconnection for data transfer from the host computer.
The controller uses the value which is rounded down in the number of blocks based
on the ratio.
If Buffer Empty Ratio is set to 0, the controller considers as Buffer Empty when
the first block to be written is detected.
The controller uses this parameter when the reconnection is attempted for data
transfer after the disconnection caused by Buffer Full, then this parameter is
effective when the amount of transfer data exceeds the buffer size. However,
when the data transfer from the host computer and the write operation to the disk
drive are overlapped, this parameter may not be used even if the amount of
transfer data exceeds the buffer size.
Further, the controller gives priority to the internal algorithm irrespective of the
value specified in the Buffer Empty Ratio.
Bus Inactivity Limit is specified by the host computer as the maximum time in 100
micro seconds increments which the controller is allowed to maintain the bus busy
without handshaking until it shall disconnect.
Bus Inactivity Limit of 0 shows that there is no limit in time.
The controller supports Bus Inactivity Limit = 0 only.
Disconnect Time Limit is specified by the host computer as the minimum time in
100 micro seconds increments which the controller continues disconnection until
reconnection is initiated.
Disconnect Time Limit of 0 shows that there is no limit in time.
This field needs to be always specified to 0 as the controller does not support this
field.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 170 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Connect Time Limit is specified by the host computer the maximum time in 100
micro seconds increments which the controller continues connection until
disconnection is initiated.
Connect Time Limit of 0 shows that there is no limit in time.
This field needs to be always specified to 0 as the controller does not support this
field.
Maximum Burst Size is specified by the host computer the maximum data amount
in bytes, in 512 bytes increments, which the controller can transfer per each
connection. (Note : the count one represents 512 bytes.) When the specified data
amount has transferred, the controller disconnects. This field of zero indicates
there is no limitation with the transfer size per connection. This field needs to be
always specified to 0 as the controller does not support this field.
DIMM (Disconnect Immediate) is specified by the host computer whether or not
the controller disconnects the SCSI bus until the data transfer is initiated after
receiving the command from the host. This field needs to be always specified to 0
as the controller does not support this field.
DTDC (Data Transfer Disconnect Control) is specified by the host computer as the
conditions that control SCSI bus disconnect. This field needs to be always specified
to 0 as the controller does not support this field.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 171 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 3 H ]
Table 6-42
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
Format Device Page (Page Code = 3H)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
Page Code(03H)
0
0
0
Page Length(16H)
0
0
1
0
1
HANDLING OF DEFECTS FIELDS
2
Tracks per Zone (MSB)
3
Tracks per Zone (LSB)
4
Alternate Sectors per Zone (MSB)
5
Alternate Sectors per Zone (LSB)
6
Alternate Tracks per Zone (MSB)
7
Alternate Tracks per Zone (LSB)
8
Alternate Tracks per Logical Unit (MSB)
9
Alternate Tracks per Logical Unit (LSB)
1
0
1
1
1
0
TRACK FORMAT FIELD
10
Sector per Track (MSB)
11
Sector per Track (LSB)
(cont`d)
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 172 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-42
Format Device Page (Page Code = 3H) (Cont`d)
SECTOR FORMAT FIELDS
12
Data Bytes per Physical Sector (MSB)
13
Data Bytes per Physical Sector (LSB)
14
16
Interleave (MSB) (00H)
0
0
0
0
Interleave (LSB) (01H)
0
0
0
0
Track Skew Factor (MSB)
17
Track Skew Factor (LSB)
18
Cylinder Skew Factor (MSB)
19
Cylinder Skew Factor (LSB)
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DRIVE TYPE FIELD
20
21
22
23
SSEC
0
HSEC
RMB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SURF
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
The following information should be sent to the controller prior to the execution of
the FORMAT UNIT command.
After changing these parameters, a FORMAT UNIT command must be sent for the
changes to take effect.
< Handling of defects fields >
The Tracks per Zone field specifies the size in tracks of the zone for the purpose of
allocating alternate spare sectors in zones. The host computer must set this field
to 1.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 173 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Alternate Sector per Zone field specifies the number of sectors that the
controller reallocates from the host computer addressable blocks during the
execution of FORMAT UNIT command. The controller can use these sectors as
alternate spare sectors for defective sectors.
The Alternate Tracks per Zone field specifies the number of tracks that the
controller reallocates from the host computer addressable blocks during the
FORMAT UNIT command. The host computer must always set this field to 0.
The Alternate Tracks per Logical Unit field specifies the number of tracks per
volume (logical unit) that the controller reallocates from the host computer
addressable blocks during the FORMAT UNIT command. The controller can use
these tracks as alternate spare sectors for defective sectors.
< Track Format Field >
Sectors per Track specifies the number of physical sectors that the controller is to
allocate per disk track. The controller calculates this value automatically from
the data bytes per physical sector and allocates the equal number of sectors per
each track. The controller ignores the value by the host computer in this field.
< Sector Format Field >
Data Byte per Physical Sector specifies the number of data bytes that the
controller is to allocate per physical sector. This value must agree with the value
for Block Length in the Block Descriptor (if used) of the MODE SELECT command.
If the value is different , the value indicated in the Block Descriptor will be used.
The Interleave field requests that the logical blocks are related in a specific
manner to physical blocks to facilitate speed matching between the host bus data
transfer rate and the block data transfer rate of the device.
This controller supports sector Interleave factor (n=1) only.
Track Skew Factor specifies the number of physical sectors between the last
logical block of one track and the first logical block on the next sequential track of
the same cylinder.
Cylinder Skew Factor specifies the number of physical sectors between the last
logical block of one cylinder and the first logical block of the next sequential
cylinder.
When this value is specified as the one cylinder seeking time, continuous blocks
over two cylinders can be accessed with minimum rotational latency.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 174 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
< Drive Type Field >
The SSEC (Soft Sector) bit set to 1 specifies that the controller is to use soft sector
formatting. Since this SCSI controller does not support soft sector formatting,
the host computer must always set this bit to 0.
The HSEC (Hard Sector) bit set to 1 specifies that the controller is to use hard
sector formatting. This SCSI controller always uses hard sector formatting. If
HSEC is set to 0, the controller ignores this value.
The RMB (Removable) bit set to 1 indicates that the logical unit is removable.
Since these disk drives are not removable, the host computer must always set this
bit to 0.
The SURF (Surface) bit set to 1 specifies how the controller is to map the logical
block addressing into physical block addressing. The host computer must always
set this bit to 0.
This bit = 0 specifies that the controller is to allocate progressive addresses to all
sectors on a cylinder prior to allocating sector addresses to the next cylinder.
[ Mode Page 4 H ]
Table 6-43
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
Rigid Disk Geometry Page (Page Code = 4H)
6
Reserved
0
0
0
0
2
5
4
3
2
Page Code(04H)
0
0
0
1
Page Length(16H)
0
1
0
1
Number of Cylinders (MSB)
3
Number of Cylinders
4
Number of Cylinders (LSB)
5
Number of Heads
1
0
0
0
1
0
(cont`d)
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 175 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-43
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20
Rigid Disk Geometry Page (Page Code = 4H)
Starting Cylinder - Write Precompensation (MSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Starting Cylinder - Write Precompensation
0
0
0
0
0
0
Starting Cylinder - Write Precompensation (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Starting Cylinder - Reduced Write Current (MSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Starting Cylinder - Reduced Write Current
0
0
0
0
0
0
Starting Cylinder - Reduced Write Current (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Drive Step Rate (MSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Drive Step Rate (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Landing Zone Cylinder (MSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Landing Zone Cylinder
0
0
0
0
0
0
Landing Zone Cylinder (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
RPL
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rotational Offset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
Medium Rotation Rate (MSB)
21
22
23
(cont`d)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Medium Rotation Rate (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Number of Cylinders and Number of Heads specify number of cylinders and heads
in logical unit. Initiator should be set these fields to the values up to the physical
numbers of cylinders and heads in the logical unit.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 176 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Starting Cylinder-Write Precompensation specifies the starting cylinder of the
write data peak shift precompensation. Since the disk drives controlled by the
controller need not to precompensate the write data peak shift, there should be 0H.
Starting Cylinder-Reduced Write Current specifies the starting cylinder of the
reducing write current.
Since the disk drives controlled by the controller need not to change write current
at any cylinder boundary, this field need not be specified and there should be 0H.
Drive Step Rate specifies the step rate of the step motor for head seeking. Since
the disk drives controlled by the controller use a voice coil motor, this field need
not be specified and there should be 0H.
Landing Zone Cylinder specifies the heads positioning cylinder number when
spindle motor is stopped.
Since the disk drives controlled by the controller automatically move the heads to
the landing zone when spindle motor is stopped, this field need not be specified
and there should be 0H.
RPL (Rotational Position Locking) field specifies the control of the Spindle
Synchronization.
This value should be 00H since the disk drive does not support the Spindle
Synchronization function.
Rotational Offset field specifies the rotational skew that slave shall apply in
synchronizing to the external SLAVE SYNC signal.
This value should be 00H since the disk drive does not support the Rotational
Offset function.
Medium Rotation Rate indicates the disk rotation rate in rpm.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 177 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 7 H ]
Table 6-44
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
Verify Error Recovery Page (Page Code = 7H)
6
Reserved
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
3
4
5
4
3
2
Page Code(07H)
0
0
1
Page Length(0A H)
0
1
0
EER
PER
0
Verify Retry Count
10
11
Verify Recovery Time Limit (LSB)
7
8
9
0
1
1
1
DTE
0
DCR
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Verify Correction Span
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Verify Recovery Time Limit (MSB)
6
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
This page specifies the error recovery parameters the controller shall use during
the verify operation of the VERIFY command and the WRITE AND VERIFY
command.
The EER, PER, DTE and DCR bits are defined in the descriptions preceded by
Table 6-39. The combinations of these bits are defined in Table 6-40.
The Verify Retry Count, Verify Correction Span and Verify Recovery Time Limit
are also similarly defined except that these are used at the verify operation.
The automatic reallocation is not applied to the WRITE AND VERIFY command
and the VERIFY command execution.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 178 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 8 H ]
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
Table 6-45
6
Reserved
0
0
Caching Page (Page Code = 8H)
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
1
0
R
CAP
MF
RCD
0
Demand Read Retention Priority
Write Retention Priority
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (MSB)
5
Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (LSB)
6
Minimum Pre-fetch (MSB)
7
Minimum Pre-fetch (LSB)
8
Maximum Pre-fetch (MSB)
9
Maximum Pre-fetch (LSB)
10
Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling (MSB)
11
Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling (LSB)
2
3
12
0
IC
Page Code(08H)
0
1
0
Page Length(12H)
1
0
0
DISC
SIZE
WCE
1
13
Reserved
0
0
0
Number of Cache Segments
14
Cache Segment Size(MSB)
15
Cache Segment Size(LSB)
16
17
18
19
FSW
0
LBCSS
DRA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 179 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Caching Page is specified to control look ahead caching.
A IC(Initiator Control) bit of one indicates that controller use the number of cache
segments or cache segment size fields, dependent upon the SIZE bit, to control the
caching algorithm rather than the controller own adaptive algorithm.
Since the controller does not support IC bit, this bit is ignored.
A CAP(Caching Analysis Permitted) bit of one indicates that the controller
perform caching analysis during subsequent operations. When zero, CAP requests
that caching analysis be disabled to reduce overhead time or to prevent
nonpertinent operations from impacting tuning values.
Since the controller does not support CAP bit, this bit is ignore.
A DISC(Discontinuity) bit of one indicates that the controller continue the prefetch across time discontinuities (such as across cylinders, up to the limit of the
segment, space available for the pre-fetch).
A DISC bit of zero indicates that the controller truncates the pre-fetches at time
discontinuities.
Since the controller does not support DISC bit, this bit is ignored.
A SIZE(Size Enable) bit of one indicates that the Cache Segment Size is to be used
to control caching segmentation.
A SIZE bit of zero indicates that the Number of Cache Segments is to be used to
control caching segmentation.
WCE (Write Cable Enable) bit specifies the timing to inform the GOOD status for
WRITE command.
A WCE bit of one indicates that the controller may return GOOD status after
successfully storing all of the data in the cache before having successfully written
them the media.
A WCE bit of zero indicates that the controller returns GOOD status after all of
data has been written to the media.
MF (Multiplication Factor) bit specifies the interpretation of the minimum and
maximum Pre-fetch field.
A MF bit of zero indicates that the controller shall interpret these fields in terms of
the number of logical blocks for the pre-fetch.
A MF bit of one indicates that the controller shall interpret these fields in terms of
a scalar number which, when multiplied by the number of logical blocks to be
transferred (transfer length) for the current command, yields the number of logical
blocks for the pre-fetch.
Since the controller does not support MF bit, there should be 0H.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 180 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
A RCD (Read Cache Disable) bit of zero indicates that the controller may return
data requested by a READ command by accessing either the cache or media (if the
requested data has not been cached yet).
A RCD bit of one indicates that the controller shall transfer all requested data by
accessing the media without using pre-fetched data.
When RCD bit is set to 1, the data pre-fetched before becomes invalid.
Demand Read Retention Priority specifies the priority of a read data to be retained
in the cache after the read data has transferred to the host computer yet.
Since the controller does not support this field, there should be 0H.
Write Retention Priority specifies the priority of a write data to be retained in the
cache after the write data has written into the media yet.
Since the controller does not support this field, there should be 0H.
Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length specifies maximum data block number to be
pre-fetched. If the data block number requested by a READ command is greater
than the number specified in this field, the surpassed number of blocks will not be
pre-fetched.
If this field is set to 0H, the pre-fetch will not be executed.
Minimum Pre-fetch specifies the minimum number of data to be pre-fetched prior
to executing subsequent commands.
The subsequent commands shall be waited to execute till the number of data
specified in this field will have been pre-fetched.
Maximum Pre-fetch specifies the maximum number of data to be pre-fetched if
there is no subsequent commands.
The data number to be pre-fetched is specified is MF field as either a number of
blocks or a scalar multiplier of the transfer length.
If the data block number requested is greater than the cache (segment) size, the
controller will pre-fetch the partial data which is the full size of cache (segment)
and will not pre-fetch the surpassed data.
Maximum Pre-fetch value shall be equal to or greater than Minimum Pre-fetch
value.
However, the maximum pre-fetch count is determined by the segment size because
the controller uses cache memory divided into segments.
Note : When the error occurs during pre-fetching, the controller will stop prefetching. This case is not regarded as the error to be informed to the host.
Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling specifies an upper limit on the number of logical
blocks computed from the Maximum Pre-fetch.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 181 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
If this number of blocks is greater than the Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling, then the
number of logical blocks maximally pre-fetched shall be truncated to the value
stored in the Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling field.
A FSW(Force Sequential Write) bit of one indicates that the controller writes the
multiple block writes to the media in an ascending, sequential, logical block order.
A FSW bit of zero indicates that the controller reorders the sequence of writing
addressed logical blocks in order to achieve a faster command completion.
Since the controller does not support FSW bit, this bit is ignored.
The Disable Read-Ahead(DRA) bit, when one, requests that the device server not
read into the buffer any logical blocks beyond the addressed logical block(s).
When the DRA bit equals zero, the device server may continue to read logical
blocks into the buffer beyond the addressed logical block(s).
The Logical Block Cache Segment Size(LBCSS) bit when one, indicates that the
Cache Segment Size field units shall be interpreted as logical blocks. When the
LBCSS bit equals zero the Cache Segment Size field units shall be interpreted as
butes. The LBCSS shall not impact the units of other field.
The Number of Cache segment specifies how many segments the host requests
that the cache be divided into.
The Cache Segment Size field indicates the requested segment size in bytes. This
standard defines that the Cache Segment Size field is valid only when SIZE bit is
one.
[ Mode Page A H ]
Table 6-46
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
6
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
Control Mode Page (Page Code = AH)
5
4
3
2
1
0
Page Code(0AH)
0
0
1
0
1
0
Page Length(0A H)
0
0
1
0
1
0
Reserved
GLTSD RLEC
0
0
0
0
0
(cont’d)
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 182 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-46 Control Mode Page (Page Code = AH) (cont’d)
3
Queue Algorithm Modifier
4
EECA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
6
7
Reserved
QErr
DQue
0
0
Reserved
RAENP UAAENP EAENP
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ready AEN Holdoff Period (MSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ready AEN Holdoff Period (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Busy Timeout Period(MSB)
8
9
Busy Timeout Period(LSB)
10
Extended Self-Test Completion Time(MSB)
11
Extended Self-Test Completion Time(LSB)
The GLTSD (Global Logging Target Save Disable) bit of zero allows the controller
to provide the controller-defined method for saving log parameters. The GLTSD
bit of one indicates that either the controller has disabled the controller-defined
method for saving log parameters or when set by the host computer specifies that
the controller-defined method shall be disabled.
The RLEC (Report Log Exception Condition) bit field specifies whether or not the
controller will report a log exception condition.
The controller does not support the RLEC bit.
The Queue Algorithm Modifier specifies the execution order of commands with
Simple Queue Tag message.
Value
0H
1H
Description
Restricted re-ordering
Unrestricted re-ordering allowed
A value of zero in the Queue Algorithm Modifier field specifies that the device
server shall order the processing sequence of tasks having the SIMPLE task
attribute such that data integrity is maintained for that initiator.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 183 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
This means that, if the transmission of new service delivery requests is halted at
any time, the final value of all data observable on the medium shall have exactly
the same value as it would have if all the tasks had been given the ORDERED
task attribute.
The restricted reordering value shall be the default value. A value of one in the
Queue Algorithm Modifier field specifies that the device server may reorder the
processing sequence of tasks having the SIMPLE task attribute in any manner.
Any data integrity exposures related to task sequence order shall be explicity
handled by the application client through the selection of appropriate commands
and task attributes.
The QErr (Queue Error Management) bit of 0 indicates that the controller will
continue normally the subsequent processing of the queued command, that is
queued after either a contingent allegiance condition or an extended contingent
allegiance condition occurred with the current command and then after such a
condition is terminated.
The QErr bit of 1 indicates that the controller will halt the processing of queued
command at the termination of such a condition. And all but the initiator which
issued first the Initiate Recovery message will be returned the UNIT ATTENTION
condition with an additional sense code of TAGGED COMMAND CLEARED BY
ANOTHER INITIATOR.
The DQue (Disable Queuing) bit of 0 indicates that the tagged command queuing
is supported. The DQue bit of 1 indicates that the tagged command queuing is
not supported. All queued commands with respect to the I-T-X nexus will not be
executed. A queue tag command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status
and INVALID MESSAGE ERROR additional sense code.
The EECA (Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance) bit of 0 indicates that the
extended contingent allegiance condition is not supported to occur. The EECA bit
of 1 indicates that the ECA condition is supported.
The controller does not accept the ECA condition.
The RAENP (Ready AEN Permission) bit of 0 indicates that the controller shall
not report an UNIT ATTENTION condition by AEN (Asynchronous Event
Notification) after power-on or reset sequence. The RAENP bit of 1 indicates that
such a report is permissible.
The controller does not report an UNIT ATTENTION condition by AEN after
power-on or reset sequence.
The UAAENP (Unit Attention AEN Permission) bit of 0 indicates that the
controller shall not report an UNIT ATTENTION condition by AEN which occurs
except after power-on or reset sequence. The UAAENP bit of 1 indicates that
such a report is permissible.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 184 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The controller does not report an UNIT ATTENTION condition by AEN after
power-on or reset sequence.
The EAENP (Error AEN Permission) bit of 0 indicates that the controller shall not
report it by AEN when a deferred error is detected. The EAENP bit of 1 indicates
that such a report is permissible.
The controller does not report a Deferred Error by AEN.
The Read AEN Holdoff Period specifies the minimum delay time in milliseconds
(ms) from the controller initiated a power-on or reset sequence till issuing a report
by AEN.
The controller does not support Ready AEN Holdoff Period specification.
The Busy Timeout Period field specifies the maximum time, in 100 milliseconds
increments, that the initiator allows for the target to remain busy for
unanticipated conditions which are not a routine part of commands from the
initiator. A 0000H value in this field is undefined by this standard. An FFFFH value
in this field is defined as an unlimited period.
The Extended Self-Test Completion Time field contains advisory data that an
application client may use to determine the time in seconds that the device server
requires to complete an extended self-test when the device server is not
interrupted by subsequent commands and no errors occur during excecution of the
self-test. The application client should expect this time to increase significantly if
other commands are sent to the logical unit while a self-test is in progress or it
errors occur during excecution of the self-test. Device servers supporting Self-Test
Code field values other than (000)b for the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command(see
6.29), shall support the Extended Self-Test Completion Time field.
[ Mode Page C H ]
Table 6-47
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
Notch and Partition Page (Page Code = CH)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
ND
1
0
LPN
0
0
4
3
2
Page Code(0CH)
0
1
1
Page Length(16H)
1
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
(cont’d)
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 185 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-47 Notch and Partition Page (Page Code = CH) (cont’d)
3
4
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Maximum Number of Notches (MSB)
5
Maximum Number of Notches (LSB)
6
Active Notch (MSB)
7
Active Notch (LSB)
8
|
11
Starting Boundary (MSB)
12
|
15
Ending Boundary (MSB)
16
|
23
Pages Notched (MSB)
0
0
0
0
Starting Boundary (LSB)
Ending Boundary (LSB)
Pages Notched (LSB)
This page specifies the parameters for direct-access devices supporting a variable
number of blocks per cylinder. Each section of the drive with a different number
of blocks per cylinder is referred to as a Notch. Each Notch will span a set of
consecutive logical blocks on the logical drive. The Notches will not overlap, and
no logical block will be excluded from a Notch.
The ND (Notched Drive) bit specifies whether or not the drive is notched. A ND
bit of 0 indicates that the device is not notched and that all other parameters in
this page shall be returned as zero by the controller. A ND bit of 1 indicates that
the device is notched. For each supported active notch value, this page defines
the starting and ending boundaries of the notch.
In case of ND = 1, the following description for the Maximum Number of Notches,
Active Notch, Starting Boundary, Ending Boundary and Pages Notched is
applied.
The LPN (Logical or Physical Notch) bit specifies whether the Starting Boundary
and the Ending Boundary fields reported by the MODE SENSE command
indicates physical parameter(cylinder number and head number) or logical block
address.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 186 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
When the LPN bit is set to 0, the boundaries indicate physical parameter.
When the LPN bit is set to 1, the boundaries indicate logical block address.
Since the controller supports only the Cylinder & Head number format, LPN bit
should be set to 0H.
The Maximum Number of Notched field indicates the number of notches
supported by the drive.
The Active Notch field indicates the notch(1 through n, n: number of notches)
referred to by the current and subsequent MODE SELECT / MODE SENSE
command. When this field is zero, the parameters of current and subsequent
MODE SELECT/ MODE SENSE command is applied across all notches.
The Starting Boundary field indicates the beginning of the notch specified in the
Active Notch field. The three most significant bytes of this field represent the
cylinder number and the least significant bytes represent the head number.
The Ending Boundary field indicates the ending of the notch specified in the Active
Notch field. The three most significant bytes of this field represent the cylinder
number and the least significant byte represents the head number.
The values of the Starting Boundary and the Ending Boundary field specified by
the MODE SELECT command are ignored.
The Pages Notched field contains the bit map information of mode pages of which
parameters may be different for different notches. The most significant bit of this
field corresponds to mode page code (3F)H, and the least significant bit of this field
corresponds to mode page code (00)H.
[ Mode Page 10H ]
Table 6-48
Byte
0
1
2
3
Bit
7
6
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
XOR Control Page (Page Code = 10H)
5
4
3
2
1
0
Page Code(10H)
0
1
0
0
0
0
Page Length
0
1
0
1
1
0
XORDIS Reserved
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
(cont’d)
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 187 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-48 XOR Control Page (Page Code = 10H) (cont’d)
4
|
7
Maximum XOR Write Size (MSB)
8
|
11
Reserved
12
|
15
Maximum Regenerate Size (MSB)
16
|
19
Maximum Rebuild Read Size (MSB)
20
Reserved
21
Reserved
22
Rebuild Delay (MSB)
23
Rebuild Delay (LSB)
Maximum XOR Write Size (LSB)
Reserved
Maximum Regenerate Size (LSB)
Maximum Rebuild Read Size (LSB)
The XORDIS (XOR Disable) bit is used to control the controller performs XOR
operation or not.The XORDIS bit of 0 indicate that the controller performs XOR
operation. The XORDIS bit of 1 indicate that the controller does not perform XOR
operation.
The Maximum XOR Write Size is used to control the maximum number of amount
transferred with XOR Write commands(XDWRITE(50h), XPWRITE(51h),
XDWRITE EXTENDED(80h)). The value of the Maximum XOR Write Size
indicates the amount of logical blocks to be transferred.
The Maximum Regenerate Size is used to control the maximum number of amount
transferred with REGENERATE(82h) commands.The value of the Maximum
Regenerate Size indicates the amount of logical blocks to be transferred. But this
field is ignored because this controller does not support the REGENERATE(82h)
command .
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 188 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Maximum Rebuild Read Size is used to control the maximum number of
amount transferred with REBUILD(81h) commands.The value of the Maximum
Rebuild Read Size indicates the amount of logical blocks to be transferred. But this
field is ignored because this controller not support the REBUILD(81h) command.
The Rebuild Delay is used to control the minimum operation time (ms) between
successive Read commands during REBUILD(81h) operation. But this field is
ignored because this controller does not support the REBUILD(81h) command .
[ Mode Page 14H ]
Table 6-49
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bit
7
Enclosure Service Management Page (Page Code = 14H)
6
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
4
3
2
Page Code(14H)
1
0
1
Page Length
0
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Maximum Task Completion Time (MSB)
0
0
0
0
Maximum Task Completion Time (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ENBLTC
0
0
0
0
0
0
The ENBLTC (Enable Timed Completion) bit is used to control the Timed
Completion Function is available or not. The ENBLTC bit of 0 indicate that the
Timed Completion Function is not available. The ENBLTC bit of 1 indicate that
the Timed Completion Function is available.
The Maximum Task Completion Time field is used to control the Timeout value
(x100ms) of RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS(1Ch) command. The Maximum
Task Completion Time field of 0 indicate that the Timeout value is infinity.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 189 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 19H ]
Table 6-50
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bit
7
Fibre Channel Specification Page (Page Code = 19H)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DTFD
0
PLPB
0
DDIS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
Page Code(19H)
1
1
0
0
1
Page Length
0
0
1
1
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
DLM
RHA ALWLI DTIPE DTOLI
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The DTFD (Disable Target Fabric Discovery) bit is used to force targets to only
support private loop behavior even if there is a fabric present on the loop. The
DTFD bit of 1 indicates that a target attached by an FC-AL loop shall not
recognize the presence of a fabric loop, FL_Port, on the loop. The target shall
perform only the private loop functions defined for targets defined by FC-PLDA.
The DTFD bit of 0 indicates that the target attached by an FC-AL loop shall
discover FL_Port if present on the loop and perform the public loop functions
defined for targets by FC-FLA.
The PLPB (Prevent Loop Port Bypass) bit is used to control whether or not the
controller ignore any Loop Port Bypass(LPB) / Enable(LPE) primitive sequences.
The PLPB bit of 0 indicate that the controller does not ignore any LPB / LPE.
The PLPB bit of 1 indicate that the controller ignore any LPB /LPE.
The DDIS (Disable Discovery) bit is used to control whether or not the controller
should wait for the authentication (i.e., ADISC or PDISC) to resume the tasks
which suspended by the loop initialization. The DDIS bit of 0 indicate that the
controller should wait the authentication. The DDIS bit of 1 indicate that the
controller does not wait the authentication.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 190 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The DLM (Disable Loop Master) bit is used to control whether or not the controller
may became loop master (i.e., transmit LISM). The DLM bit of 0 indicate that
the controller may became loop master. The DLM bit of 1 indicate that the
controller does not became loop master.
The RHA (Require Hard Address) bit is used to control whether or not the
controller selects a soft address if there is a conflict during LIHA sequence. The
RHA bit of 0 indicate that the controller attempts to obtain a soft address. The
RHA bit of 1 indicate that the controller does not attempt to obtain a soft address.
The ALWLI (Allow Login Without Loop Initialization) bit is used to control
whether or not the controller accepts logins without loop initialization (i.e., using a
hard address). The ALWLI bit of 0 indicate that the controller is required to
verify its address before a login is accepted. The ALWLI bit of 1 indicate that the
controller accepts login without verifying the address with loop initialization.
The DTIPE (Disable Target Initiated Port Enable) bit is used to control whether or
not the controller reset the Port Bypass Circuit(PBC) without receiving the Loop
Port Enable(LPE) primitive form the host. The DTIPE bit of 0 indicate that the
controller does not required the LPE to reset the PBC. The DTIPE bit of 1
indicate that the controller required the LPE (i.e., using a hard address) to reset
the PBC.
The DTOLI (Disable Target Originated Loop Initialization) bit is used to control
whether or not the controller generate LIP following insertion into the loop. The
DTOLI bit of 0 indicate that the controller generate LIP after it enables a port into
a loop. The DTOLI bit of 1 indicate that the controller does not generate LIP
after it enables a port into a loop.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 191 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 1A H ]
Table 6-51
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
|
7
8
|
11
Bit
7
Power Condition Control Page (Page Code = 1AH)
6
5
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(MSB)
0
(MSB)
4
3
2
Page Code(1AH)
1
1
0
Page Length
0
0
1
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Idle Condition Timer
Standby Condition Timer
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
Idle
0
Standby
(LSB)
(LSB)
An Idle bit of one indicates that the logical unit shall use the idle condition timer
field to determine the length of inactivity time to wait before entering the idle
condition. An Idle bit of zero indicates that the logical unit shall not enter the idle
condition.
Since the controller does not support Idle bit, this bit ignore.
A Standby bit of one indicates that the logical unit shall use the standby condition
timer field to determine the length of inactivity time to wait before entering the
standby condition. A standby bit of zero indicates that the logical unit shall not
enter the standby condition.
Since the controller does not support Standby bit, this bit ignore.
The idle condition timer field indicates the inactivity time in 100 millisecond
increments that the logical unit shall wait before entering the idle condition.
Since the controller does not support idle condition timer field, this field ignore.
If the idle bit is one, a value of zero in the idle condition timer indicates the logical
unit shall enter the idle condition on completion of any command.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 192 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The standby condition timer field indicates the inactivity time in 100 millisecond
increments that the logical unit shall wait before entering the standby condition.
This timer shall only count if the idle condition timer is equal to zero.
Since the controller does not support standby condition timer field, this field
ignore.
If the standby bit is one and the IDLE bit is zero, a value of zero in the standby
condition timer indicates the logical unit shall enter the standby condition on
completion of any command.
If the standby bit is one and the idle bit is one, a value of zero in the standby
condition timer indicates the logical unit shall enter the standby condition when
the idle condition timer equals zero.
[ Mode Page 1C H ]
Table 6-52
Byte
0
1
2
3
Bit
Informational Exceptions Control Page (Page Code = 1CH)
7
6
Reserved
0
0
0
Perf
0
0
5
4
3
2
Page Code(1CH)
0
1
1
1
Page Length(0A H)
0
0
1
0
EBF EWasc DExcpt Test
0
R
0
Reserved
0
0
4
0
Interval Timer (MSB)
5
Interval Timer
6
Interval Timer
7
Interval Timer (LSB)
1
0
0
0
1
R
0
0
LogErr
MRIE
(cont’d)
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 193 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-52 Informational Exceptions Control Page (Page Code = 1CH)(cont’d)
8
Report Count (MSB)
9
Report Count
10
Report Count
11
Report Count (LSB)
The informational exceptions control page defines the methods to control the
reporting of specific informational exception conditions in the controller.
The informational exception conditions occur as the result of exceeding the
threshold of informational exceptions in the controller.
The informational exception conditions occur asynchronously to any commands
issued by the host computer.
An EBF (Enable Background Function) bit of one indicates the target shall enable
background functions. An EBF bit of zero indicates the target shall disable the
functions.
Since the controller does not support EBF bit, this bit ignore.
A Perf (Performance) bit of 0 allows the informational exception operations to
cause the delays of command operation from the host computer.
A Perf bit of 1 does not allow the informational exception operations to cause the
delays of command operation from the host computer.
Since the controller does not support Perf bit, this bit is ignored.
A EWasc(Enable Warning) bit of zero indicates that the controller does not report
the warning.
A EWasc bit of one indicates that the controller reports warning.The method for
reporting the warning depends on the MRIE field setting.
Since the conroller does not support EWasc bit, this bit is ignored.
A DExcpt (Disable Exception control) bit of 0 indicates that information exception
operations are enabled.
The method of reporting information exception
conditions is determined from the MRIE (Method of Reporting Informational
Exceptions; see Table 6-53) field when the DExcpt bit is set to 0.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 194 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
A DExcpt bit of 1 indicates that the informational exception operations are
disabled.
A Test bit of 1 indicates that the controller reports the results of informational
exception test at each interval time ( if the DExcpt bit = 0). The conditions are
reported with an additional sense code and an additional sense code qualifier of 5D
FFH.
A Test bit of 0 indicates that the controller does not report the results of
informational exception test.
The Test bit can’t be saved regardless of a PS bit value.
The LogErr (Log errors) bit of 1 indicates the controller logs the informational
exception conditions. The LogErr bit of 0 indicates the controller does not log the
informational exception conditions.
The MRIE field defines the methods that the controller reports the informational
exception conditions.
Table 6-53
MRIE
0h
2h
3h
Method of Reporting Informational Exceptions field
Description
The controller does not report informational exceptions
conditions.
Generate unit attention:
The controller reports informational exceptions conditions by
returning CHECK CONDITION status on the commands. The
controller sets a sense key to UNIT ATTENTION and additional
sense code to the cause of informational exception condition.
Conditionally generate recovered error :
The controller reports informational exception conditions by
returning CHECK CONDITION status on the commands in
accordance with the value of the PER (Post Error) bit in mode
parameter (Error recovery parameters). The controller sets a
sense key to RECOVERED ERROR and additional sense code to
the cause of informational exception condition.
(cont’d)
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 195 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-53 Method of Reporting Informational Exceptions field (cont’d)
4h
6h
Unconditionally generate recovered error :
The controller reports informational exceptions conditions by
returning CHECK CONDITION status on the commands other
than(Reassign Blocks, Request Sense, Inquiry, Start/Stop Unit,
Mode Select)in regardless of the value of the PER (Post Error) bit
in mode parameter (Error recovery parameters). The controller
sets a sense key to RECOVERED ERROR and additional sense
code to the cause of informational exception condition.
Only report informational exception condition on request :
The controller preserves the informational exception information
in it. The host computer polls the controller by issuing
REQUEST SENSE command to get informational exception
information. The controller sets a sense key to NO SENSE and
additional sense code to the cause of informational exception
condition.
This controller does not support other than the value in Table 6-53.
The Interval Timer field indicates the period in 100 millisecond increments for
reporting that an informational exception condition has occurred.
The Interval Timer field of 0 indicates that the controller shall only report the
informational exception condition one time.
The Interval Timer field of FFFFFFFFH indicates the timer interval is the value
created by the controller (approximately 10 minutes) .
The Report Count field indicates the number of times to report an informational
exception condition to the host computer.
The Report Count field of 0 indicates that there is no limit on the number of times
the controller reports an informational exception condition.
Note : If Interval Timer and Report Count values set to other than the supported
values are specified the controller ignores these values. The controller does
not consider this condition as an error.
If the MRIE field has a value of 6, then the interval timer and report count are
ignored.
MODE SELECT:(15h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 196 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.6
MODE SELECT (10):(55H)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
7
Operation Code (55H)
1
0
1
PF
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Parameter List Length (MSB)
8
Parameter List Length (LSB)
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
SP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The MODE SELECT (10) command is the same as the MODE SELECT command
except that the MODE SELECT (10) command has 2-byte length of Parameter List
Length and 8-byte length of MODE SELECT Header as follows.
Refer to item 6.5, MODE SELECT command in detail.
MODE SELECT (10):(55h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 197 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-54
Byte
0
1
2
3
Bit
MODE SELECT (10) Header
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WP
0
0
Reserved
0
0
4
3
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Medium Type
0
0
DPOFUA
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Block Descriptor Length (MSB)
7
Block Descriptor Length (LSB)
4
5
0
0
0
0
0
MODE SELECT (10):(55h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 198 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.7
MODE SENSE:(1AH)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
2
PC
4
3
Operation Code (1AH)
1
1
0
R
DBD
0
0
Page Code
3
Sub Page Code
4
Allocation Length
5
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
2
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
Reserved
0
0
Flag
Link
0
The MODE SENSE command provides a means for the controller to report its
medium, logical unit, or controller parameters to the host computer.
It is a complementary command to the MODE SELECT command (See 6.5).
The DBD (Disable Block Descriptor) bit of 0 indicates the controller transfers the
Block Descriptor. The DBD bit of 1 indicates the controller does not transfer the
Block Descriptor.
The PC (Page Control) field defines the type (one of those listed below) of the
parameter values to be returned.
Bit 7
0
0
1
1
Bit 6
0
1
0
1
Current values
Changeable values
Default values
Saved values
The controller sets the page parameter fields and bits to values of the specified type
and reports them to host computer.
[ Current values ]
A current value takes on one of the following values :
- The value that is set in the last successfully completed MODE SELECT
command. The default value is taken for unchangeable values.
- The saved value (if no MODE SELECT command has been issued since the last
power on).
- The default value if saved value is not available.
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 199 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Changeable values ]
- Fields and bits that are changeable by the host computer are set to 1 and fields
and bits that are not changeable by the host computer are set to 0.
[ Default values ]
- Values that are provided for the controller or drive prior to any Mode Parameter
changes.
(Note) : Care must be taken not to confuse over whether the value of zero is the
default or unsupported value.
[ Saved values ]
A saved value takes on one of the following values :
- The value saved during the last successfully completed FORMAT UNIT or
MODE SELECT command.
- The default value (when no saving has been carried out).
Page Code identifies the page(s) to be returned.
following page codes :
Page Code
1H
2H
3H
4H
7H
8H
AH
CH
10H
14H
19H
1AH
1CH
3F H
The host computer can specify the
Meaning
Read-write error recovery page
Disconnect-Reconnect page
Format device page
Rigid disk geometry page
Verify error recovery page
Caching page
Control mode page
Notch and partition page
XOR Control page
Enclosure Service Management page
Fibre Channel Specification page
Power condition control page
Informational exceptions control page
All pages
A page code of 3FH specifies that all pages are to be transferred.
When a page code other than those listed above is specified, the controller creates the
CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The Allocation Length field specifies the number of bytes that the host computer has
allocated for the Mode Sense data to be returned. An allocation length of 0 specifies
that no Mode Sense data is to be transferred.
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 200 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
This condition must not be considered as an error. Any other allocation length value
specifies the maximum number of bytes that can be transferred. The controller
terminates the FCP_DATA Payload when the number of bytes specified in the
Allocation Length field have been transferred or when all available Mode Sense data
have been transferred to the host computer, whichever is less.
The Mode Sense Data consists of a 4-byte header, followed by eight bytes of a block
descriptor, followed by zero or more page descriptors.
Table 6-55
Byte
Bit
7
6
5
Mode Sense Data
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
MODE SENSE Header
0
1
2
3
Sense Data Length
0
WP
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Medium Type
0
0
DPOFUA
0
Block Descriptor Length
0
0
1
0
Block Descriptor
0
Number of Blocks (MSB)
1
Number of Blocks
2
Number of Blocks
3
Number of Blocks (LSB)
4
5
Reserved
0
0
Block Length (MSB)
6
Block Length
7
Block Length (LSB)
0
0
0
0
0
(cont’d)
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 201 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-55 Mode Sense Data (cont’d)
Page Descriptor (s)
0
PS
R
0
Page Code
1
Page Length (in bytes)
2-n
Refer to Page Definition in MODE SELECT
The Sense Data Length field specifies the length in bytes of the following Mode Sense
data that is available to be transferred during the Data In phase. It does not
include the length of the Sense Data Length Field itself. The Sense Data Length
field is loaded with one of the following values according to the setting of the page
code in the CDB, irrespective of the value specified in the Allocation Length field in
the CDB :
Table 6-56
Sense Data Length
Page Code
Sense Data Length
1H
17H
2H
1BH
3H
23H
4H
23H
7H
17H
8H
1FH
AH
17H
CH
23H
10H
23H
14H
13H
19H
13H
1AH
17H
1CH
17H
3FH
DBH
The Medium Type field is loaded with code 00H and identifies the default medium
type (the type of the currently mounted medium).
The WP (Write Protected) bit, when set to 0, indicates that the medium is enabled for
write operations.
A WP bit of 1 indicates that the medium is protected against write operations.
A DPOFUA bit of 1 indicates that the DPO bit and FUA bit for READ/WRITE
command are supported.
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 202 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Block Descriptor Length field specifies the length in bytes of the block descriptor.
Since there is only one block descriptor, this field must always be set to 08H.
The block descriptor contains the number of blocks and the block length and
indicates the accessible area from the host for a logical unit.
The Number of Blocks field specifies the number of logical blocks on the medium that
corresponds to the block length in the block descriptor.
Note : The host computer can obtain the number of logical blocks by adding 1 to
the maximum logical block address that is returned with the READ
CAPACITY command (see 6.14).
The Block Length field specifies the length in bytes of the logical blocks on the
medium.
Please refer to “Product Specifications” for the information of the eligible logical
length values.
The page descriptors specify the page data requested by the host computer. For
details on the pages, see the page definitions given in the MODE SELECT command
description (see 6.5).
The PS (Parameter Savable) bit of 0 indicates that the controller cannot save the
specified page. This bit of 1 indicates that the controller can save the specified page.
Each page descriptor lists the default and changeable values that the SCSI controller
returns to the host computer. The default value XXH indicates the case of the
different values (e.g. number of heads) at each product.
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 203 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 1 H ]
Table 6-57
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mode Page 1H Descriptor Value
Read-Write Error Recovery Page (Page 01H)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
81H
81H
PS
1
1
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
01H
01H
Page Length
0AH
0AH
C8H
FFH
AWRE
1
1
ARRE
1
1
TB
0
1
RC
0
1
EER
1
1
PER
0
1
DTE
0
1
DCR
0
1
Read Retry Count
80H
FFH
Correction Span
A0H
FFH
Head Offset Count
00H
FFH
Data Strobe Count
00H
FFH
Reserved
00H
00H
Write Retry Count
80H
FFH
Reserved
00H
00H
Recovery
0BH
FFH
Time Limit
B8H
FFH
Current/Saved
Values
81H
1
0
01H
0AH
XXH
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
00H
XXH
00H
XXH
XXH
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 204 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 2 H ]
Table 6-58
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
7-4
3
2-0
13
14
15
Mode Page 2H Descriptor Value
Disconnect - Reconnect Page (Page 02H)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
82H
82H
PS
1
1
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
02H
02H
Page Length
0EH
0EH
Buffer Full Ratio
00H
FFH
Buffer Empty Ratio
80H
FFH
Bus Inactivity
00H
FFH
Limit
00H
FFH
Disconnect Time
00H
FFH
Limit
00H
FFH
Connect Time
00H
FFH
Limit
00H
FFH
Maximum
00H
FFH
Burst Size
00H
FFH
10H
7FH
Reserved
0
0
DIMM
0
1
DTDC
0H
7H
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Current/Saved
Values
82H
1
0
02H
0EH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
0
0/1
0H/1H/3H
00H
00H
00H
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 205 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 3 H ]
Table 6-59
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
7
6
5
4
3
2-0
21
22
23
Mode Page 3H Descriptor Value
Format Device Page (Page 03H)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
83H
83H
PS
1
1
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
03H
03H
Page Length
16H
16H
Tracks per Zone
XXH
00H
XXH
00H
Alternate Sectors
XXH
00H
per Zone
XXH
00H
Alternate Tracks
00H
00H
per Zone
XXH
00H
Alternate Tracks
XXH
00H
per Volume
XXH
00H
Sectors per Track
00H
XXH
XXH
00H
Data Bytes per
02H
FFH
Physical Sector
00H
FFH
Interleave
00H
00H
01H
00H
00H
Track Skew Factor
00H
XXH
00H
Cylinder Skew
00H
00H
Factor
XXH
00H
40H
00H
SSEC
0
0
HSEC
1
0
RMB
0
0
SURF
0
0
INS
0
0
Reserved
0H
0H
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Current/Saved
Values
83H
1
0
03H
16H
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
00H
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
00H
01H
00H
XXH
00H
XXH
40H
0
1
0
0
0
0H
00H
00H
00H
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 206 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 4 H ]
Table 6-60
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
7-2
1,0
18
19
20
21
22
23
Mode Page 4H Descriptor Value
Rigid Disk Geometry Page (Page 04H)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
84H
84H
PS
1
1
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
04H
04H
Page Length
16H
16H
Number of
00H
00H
Cylinders
XXH
00H
XXH
00H
Number of Heads
XXH
00H
Starting
00H
00H
Cylinder-Write
00H
00H
Precompensation
00H
00H
Starting Cylinder00H
00H
Reduced Write
00H
00H
Current
00H
00H
00H
Drive Step Rate
00H
00H
00H
00H
Landing Zone
00H
Cylinder
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
Reserved
0H
0H
RPL
0H
0H
Rotational Offset
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Medium Rotation
27H
00H
Rate
29H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Current/Saved
Values
84H
1
0
04H
16H
00H
XXH
XXH
XXH
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
0H
0H
00H
00H
27H
29H
00H
00H
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 207 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 7 H ]
Table 6-61
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
7-4
3
2
1
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mode Page 7H Descriptor Value
Verify Error Recovery Page (Page 07H)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
87H
87H
PS
1
1
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
07H
07H
Page Length
0AH
0AH
08H
0FH
Reserved
0H
0H
EER
1
1
PER
0
1
DTE
0
1
DCR
0
1
Verify Retry Count
80H
FFH
Verify Correction
A0H
FFH
Span
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Reserved
00H
00H
Verify Recovery
0BH
FFH
Time Limit
B8H
FFH
Current/Saved
Values
87H
1
0
07H
0AH
XXH
0H
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
XXH
XXH
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
XXH
XXH
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 208 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 8 H ]
Table 6-62 Mode Page 8H Descriptor Value
Caching Page (Page 08H)
Byte
Bit
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Current/Saved
Values
Values
Values
0
88H
88H
88H
7
PS
1
1
1
6
Reserved
0
0
0
5-0
Page Code
08H
08H
08H
1
Page Length
12H
12H
12H
2
04H
BFH
XXH
7
IC
0
1
0/1
6
Reserved
0
0
0
5
CAP
0
1
0/1
4
DISC
1
1
0/1
3
SIZE
0
1
0/1
2
WCE
1
1
0/1
1
MF
0
1
0/1
0
RCD
0
1
0/1
3
00H
00H
00H
7-4
Demand Read
0H
0H
0H
Retention Priority
0H
0H
0H
3-0
Write Retention
Priority
4
Disable Pre-fetch
FFH
FFH
FFH
5
Transfer Length
FFH
FFH
FFH
FFH
00H
6
Minimum Pre-fetch
00H
7
00H
FFH
00H
Maximum PreFFH
XXH
8
FFH
fetch
9
FFH
FFH
XXH
10
Maximum
FFH
FFH
XXH
11
Pre-fetch Ceiling
FFH
FFH
XXH
12
40H
E0H
XXH
7
FSW
1
1
0/1
6
LBCSS
1
1
0/1
5
DRA
0
1
0/1
4-0
Reserved
00H
00H
00H
13
Number of Cache
XXH
FFH
XXH
Segment
14
Cache Segment
XXH
FFH
XXH
15
Size
XXH
FFH
XXH
16-19
Reserved
00H -00H
00H -00H
00H -00H
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 209 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page A H ]
Table 6-63
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
Control Mode Page (Page 0AH)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
8AH
8AH
PS
1
1
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
0AH
0AH
Page Length
7-2
1
0
Reserved
GLTSD
RLEC
7-4
Queue Algorithm
Modifier
Reserved
QErr
DQue
3
3-2
1
0
4
7
6-3
2
1
0
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mode Page AH Descriptor Value
EECA
Reserved
RAENP
UAAENP
EAENP
Reserved
Ready AEN
Holdoff Period
Busy Timeout
Period
Extended Self-Test
Completion Time
Current/Saved
Values
8AH
1
0
0AH
0AH
02H
0H
1
0
10H
0H
0AH
02H
0H
1
0
F3H
FH
0AH
XXH
0H
0/1
0
XXH
XH
0H
0
0
00H
0
0H
0
0
0
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
XXH
XXH
0H
1
1
00H
0
0H
0
0
0
00H
00H
00H
FFH
FFH
00H
00H
0H
0/1
0/1
00H
0
0H
0
0
0
00H
00H
00H
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 210 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page C H ]
Table 6-64
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Notch and Partition Page (Page 0CH)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
0CH
0CH
PS
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
0CH
0CH
Page Length
7
6
5-0
Mode Page CH Descriptor Value
ND
LPN
Reserved
Reserved
Maximum Number
of Notches
Active Notch
Starting
Boundary
Ending
Boundary
Page Notched
16H
80H
1
0
0H
00H
00H
12H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
XXH
XXH
XXH
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
10H
08H
16H
40H
0
1
0H
00H
00H
00H
FFH
FFH
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
Current/Saved
Values
0CH
0
0
0CH
16H
XXH
1
0/1
0H
00H
00H
12H
XXH
XXH
00H
00H
00H
00H
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
10H
08H
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 211 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 10H ]
Table 6-65
Mode Page 10H Descriptor Value
XOR Control Parameters (Page 10H)
Byte
Bit
Meaning
7
6
5-0
PS
Reserved
Page Code
Page Length
7-2
1
0
Reserved
XORDIS
Reserved
Reserved
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Maximum XOR
Write Size
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Maximum
Regenerate Size
Maximum
Rebuild Size
Reserved
Reserved
Rebuild Delay
Default
Values
90H
1
0
10H
16H
00H
0H
0
0
00H
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
Changeable
Values
90H
1
0
10H
16H
02H
0H
1
0
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
Current/Saved
Values
90H
1
0
10H
16 H
00H
0H
0
0
00H
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 212 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 14H ]
Table 6-66
Mode Page 10H Descriptor Value
Enclosure Service Management Parameters (Page 14H)
Byte
Bit
Meaning
7
6
5-0
PS
LONG
Page Code
Page Length
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
7-1
0
Reserved
ENBLTC
Maximum Task
Completion Time
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Default
Values
94H
1
0
14H
06H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
0
00H
00H
Changeable
Values
94H
1
0
14H
06 H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00 H
1
FF H
FF H
Current/Saved
Values
94H
1
0
14H
06 H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00 H
0/1
XX H
XXH
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 213 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 19H ]
Table 6-67
Mode Page 19H Descriptor Value
Fibre Channel Specification Parameters (Page 19H)
Byte
Bit
Meaning
7
6
5-0
PS
Reserved
Page Code
Page Length
Reserved
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DTFD
PLPB
DDIS
DLM
RHA
ALWLI
DTIPE
DTOLI
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Default
Values
99H
1
0
19H
06H
00H
00H
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00H
00H
00H
00H
Changeable
Values
99H
1
0
19H
06 H
00H
00H
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
00 H
00 H
00 H
00 H
Current/Saved
Values
99H
1
0
19H
06 H
00H
XXH
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
00 H
00 H
00 H
00 H
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 214 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 1A H ]
Table 6-68
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Power Condition Control Page (Page 1AH)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
1AH
1AH
PS
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
1AH
1AH
Page Length
Reserved
7-2
1
0
Mode Page 1AH Descriptor Value
Reserved
Idle
Standby
Idle Condition
Timer
Standby Condition
Timer
0AH
00H
02H
0H
1
0
00H
00H
00H
01H
00H
00H
00H
00H
0AH
00H
00H
0H
0
0
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
Current/Saved
Values
1AH
0
0
1AH
0AH
00H
02H
0H
1
0
00H
00H
00H
01H
00H
00H
00H
00H
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 215 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
[ Mode Page 1C H ]
Table 6-69
Byte
Bit
0
7
6
5-0
1
2
Informational Exceptions Control Page (Page 1CH)
Meaning
Default
Changeable
Values
Values
9CH
9CH
PS
1
1
Reserved
0
0
Page Code
1CH
1CH
Page Length
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Perf
Reserved
EBF
EWasc
DExcpt
Test
Reserved
LogErr
7-4
3-0
Reserved
MRIE
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mode Page 1CH Descriptor Value
Interval
Timer
Report
Count
0AH
29H
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
04H
0H
4H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
01H
0AH
BDH
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0FH
0H
FH
FFH
FFH
FFH
FFH
FFH
FFH
FFH
FFH
Current/Saved
Values
9CH
1
0
1CH
0AH
XXH
0/1
0
0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1
0
0/1
0XH
0H
XH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
XXH
MODE SENSE:(1Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 216 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.8
MODE SENSE (10):(5AH)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
2
PC
3
4
4
3
2
Operation Code (5AH)
1
1
0
R
DBD
0
0
Page Code
7
8
Allocation Length (LSB)
6
9
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
0
Sub Page Code
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Allocation Length (MSB)
5
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
The MODE SENSE (10) command is the same as the MODE SENSE command
except that the MODE SENSE (10) command has 2-byte length of Allocation Length
and 8-byte length of MODE SENSE Header as follows.
Refer to item 6.7 MODE SENSE command in detail.
MODE SENSE (10):(5Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 217 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-70
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
3
4
5
6
7
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sense Data Length (MSB)
1
2
MODE SENSE (10) Header
Sense Data Length (LSB)
0
WP
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Medium Type
0
0
DPOFUA
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Block Descriptor Length (MSB)
0
0
0
0
Block Descriptor Length (LSB)
0
0
1
0
0
MODE SENSE (10):(5Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 218 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.9
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh)
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
6
5
4
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
3
2
1
0
Operation Code(5EH)
1
1
1
1
Service Action
0
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Allocation Length (MSB)
8
Allocation Length (LSB)
3
4
5
6
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is used to obtain information about
persistent reservations and reservation keys that are active within the controller.
This command is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT
command (see 6.10).
The PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data includes a field that indicates the
number of parameter data bytes available to be returned. The Allocation Length field
in the CDB indicates how much space has been allocated for the returned parameter
list. An allocation length that is not sufficient to contain the entire parameter list
shall not be considered an error. If the complete list is required, the application client
should send a new PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with allocation length
large enough to contain the entire list.
The service action codes for the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command are defined in
Table 6-71.
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 219 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-71 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Service Action Code
Code
00H
01H
02H-1FH
Name
READ KEYS
READ RESERVATION
Reserved
Description
Reads all registered Reservation Keys
Reads the current persistent reservations
Reserved
When Service Action Code reserved by Service Action is specified, a controller sets
INVALID FIELD IN CDB to a sense key at ILLEGAL REQUEST and a additional
sense key, and makes it CHECK CONDITION status.
The format for the parameter data provided in response to a PERSISTENT
RESERVE IN command with the READ KEYS service action is shown in Table 6-72..
Table 6-72 READ KEYS Parameter Data
Byte
0
•
•
3
4
•
•
7
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
GENERATION
(LSB)
(MSB)
Additional Length(N-7)
(LSB)
Reservation Key List
8
•
•
15
•
•
N-7
•
•
N
(MSB)
First reservation key
(LSB)
•
•
(MSB)
Last reservation key
(LSB)
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 220 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The GENERATION field shall contain a 32-bit counter maintained by the device
server that shall be incremented every time a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT
command requests a REGISTER, a REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY, a
CLEAR, a PREEMPT, or a PREEMPT AND ABORT service action. The counter shall
not be incremented by a PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command, by a PERSISTENT
RESERVE OUT command that performs a RESERVE or RELEASE service action, or
by a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that is terminated due to an error or
reservation conflict. Regardless of the APTPL bit value the generation value shall be
set to zero as part of the power on reset process.
The additional length field contains a count of the number of bytes in the Reservation
key list. If the allocation length specified by the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN
command is not sufficient to contain the entire parameter list, then only the first
portion of the list (byte 0 to the allocation length) shall be sent to the application
client. The incremental remaining bytes shall be truncated, although the additional
length field shall still contain the actual number of bytes in the reservation key list
without consideration of any truncation resulting from an insufficient allocation
length. This shall not be considered an error.
The reservation key list contains the 8-byte reservation keys for all initiators that
have registered through all ports with the device server.
The format for the parameter data provided in response to a PERSISTENT
RESERVE IN command with the READ RESERVATION service action is shown in
Table 6-73.
Table 6-73 READ RESERVATION Parameter Data
Byte
0
•
•
3
4
•
•
7
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
GENERATION
(LSB)
(MSB)
Additional Length(N-7)
(LSB)
(cont’d)
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 221 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-73 READ RESERVATION Parameter Data (cont’d)
Reservation Descriptors
8
•
•
N
(MSB)
Reservation Descriptor
(LSB)
The GENERATION field shall contain a 32-bit counter maintained by the device
server that shall be incremented every time a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT
command requests a REGISTER, a REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY, a
CLEAR, a PREEMPT, or a PREEMPT AND ABORT service action. The counter shall
not be incremented by a PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command, by a PERSISTENT
RESERVE OUT command that performs a RESERVE or RELEASE service action, or
by a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that is terminated due to an error or
reservation conflict. Regardless of the APTPL bit value the generation value shall be
set to zero as part of the power on reset process.
The additional length field contains a count of the number of bytes to follow in
reservation descriptor(s). If the allocation length specified by the PERSISTENT
RESERVE IN command is not sufficient to contain the entire parameter list, then
only the first portion of the list (byte 0 to the allocation length) shall be sent to the
application client. The incremental remaining bytes shall be truncated, although the
additional length field shall still contain the actual number of bytes of reservation
descriptor(s) and shall not be affected by the truncation. This shall not be considered
an error.
The format of the reservation descriptors is defined in Table 6-74. There shall be a
reservation descriptor for the persistent reservation, if any, present in the logical unit
and a reservation descriptor for each element, if any, having a persistent reservation.
Table 6-74 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN reservation descriptor
Byte
0
•
•
7
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
Reservation Key
(LSB)
(cont’d)
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 222 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-74 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN reservation descriptor
8
•
•
11
12
13
(cont’d)
(MSB)
Scope-Specific Address
(LSB)
Reserved
Scope
Type
14
Reserved
15
Reserved
If a persistent reservation is present in the logical unit that does not contain
elements, there shall be a single reservation descriptor in the list of parameter data
returned by the device server in response to the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN
command with a READ RESERVATION service action. The reservation descriptor
for each reservation shall contain the reservation key under which the persistent
reservation is held.
The type and scope of each persistent reservation as present in the PERSISTENT
RESERVE OUT command that created the persistent reservation shall be returned.
If a persistent reservation is present in the logical unit that does contain elements,
there shall be a reservation descriptor in the list of parameter data returned by the
device server in response to the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with a READ
RESERVATION service action for the LU_SCOPE persistent reservation that is held,
if any, and each ELEMENT_SCOPE persistent reservation that may be held. The
reservation descriptor shall contain the RESERVATION KEY under which the
persistent reservation is held. The TYPE and SCOPE of the persistent reservation as
present in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that created the persistent
reservation shall be returned.
If the scope is an ELEMENT_SCOPE reservation, the scope-specific address field
shall contain the element address, zero filled in the most significant bits to fit the
field. If the scope is a LU_SCOPE reservation, the scope-specific address field shall
be set to zero.
Since the controller does not support ELEMENT_SCOPE reservation.
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 223 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The value in the scope field shall indicate whether a persistent reservation applies to
an entire logical unit or to an element. The values in the scope field are defined in
Table 6-75.
Table 6-75 Persistent reservation scope codes
Code
0H
1H
2H
3H - FH
Name
LU_SCOPE
Description
Persistent reservation applies to the
full logical unit
Reserved
Reserved
ELEMENT_SCOPE Persistent reservation applies to the
specified element (does not support)
Reserved
Reserved
A scope field value of LU_SCOPE shall indicate that the persistent reservation
applies to the entire logical unit.
The LU_SCOPE scope shall be implemented by all device servers that implement
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT.
A scope field value of ELEMENT_SCOPE shall indicate that the persistent
reservation applies to the element of the logical unit defined by the scope-specific
address field in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list.
Since the controller does not support ELEMENT_SCOPE reservation
The value in the TYPE field shall specify the characteristics of the persistent
reservation being established for all data blocks within the element or within the
logical unit. Table 6-76 defines the characteristics of the different type values. For
each persistent reservation type, Table 6-76 lists code value and describes the
required device server support. In Table 6-76, the description of required device
server support is divided into two paragraphs. The first paragraph defines the
required handling for read operations. The second paragraph defines the required
handling for write operations.
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 224 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-76
Code
0H
1H
Name
Reserved
WRITE
EXCLUSIVE
2H
3H
Reserved
EXCLUSIVE
ACCESS
4H
5H
Reserved
WRITE
EXCLUSIVEREGISTRANTS
ONLY
6H
EXCLUSIVE
ACCESSREGISTRANTS
ONLY
7H - FH
Reserved
Persistent Reservation Type Code
Description
Reserved
Reads Shared: Any application client on any initiator may
initiate tasks that request transfers from the storage
medium or cache of the logical unit to the initiator.
Writes Exclusive: Any task from any initiator other than
the initiator holding the persistent reservation that
requests a transfer from the initiator to the storage
medium or cache of the logical unit shall be terminated
with RESERVATION CONFLICT status.
Reserved
Reads Exclusive: Any task from any initiator other than
the initiator holding the persistent reservation that
requests a transfer from the storage medium or cache of
the logical unit to the initiator shall be terminated with
RESERVATION CONFLICT status.
Writes Exclusive: Any task from any initiator other than
the initiator holding the persistent reservation that
requests a transfer from the initiator to the storage
medium or cache of the logical unit shall be terminated
with RESERVATION CONFLICT status.
Reserved
Reads Shared: Any application client on any initiator may
initiate tasks that request transfers from the storage
medium or cache of the logical unit to the initiator.
Writes Exclusive: A task that requests a transfer to the
storage medium or cache of the logical unit from an
initiator that is not currently registered with the device
server shall be terminated with RESERVATION
CONFLICT status.
Reads Exclusive: A task that requests a transfer from the
storage medium or cache of the logical unit to an initiator
that is not currently registered with the device server shall
be terminated with RESERVATION CONFLICT status.
Writes Exclusive: A task that requests a transfer to the
storage medium or cache of the logical unit from an
initiator that is not currently registered with the device
server shall be terminated with RESERVATION
CONFLICT status.
Reserved
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN:(5Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 225 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.10 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT:(5Fh)
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
6
5
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
4
3
2
1
0
Operation Code(5FH)
1
1
1
1
Service Action
1
Scope
Type
3
Reserved
4
Reserved
5
Reserved
6
Reserved
7
Parameter List Length(MSB)
8
Parameter List Length(LSB)
9
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command is used to request service actions that
reserve a logical unit or element for the exclusive or shared use of the host computer
initiator. The command uses other service actions to manage and remove such reser
vations. The command shall be used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT
RESERVE IN command (see 6.9) and shall not be used with the RESERVE command
(see 6.24) and RELEASE command (see 6.20).
The host computers performing PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions are
identified by a reservation key provided by the application client. An application
client may use the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command to obtain the reservation
key for the initiator holding a persistent reservation and may use the PERSISTENT
RESERVE OUT command to preempt that reservation.
If a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command is attempted, but there are insufficient
device server resources to complete the operation, the device server shall return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key shall be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and
the additional sense data shall be set to INSUFFICIENT REGISTRATION
RESOURCES.
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT:(5Fh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 226 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
This controller can register one Reservation Key per host. That is, Reservation Key
of a maximum of 32 can be registered by the whole the controller.
The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command contains fields that specify a
persistent reservation service action, the intended scope of the persistent reservation,
and the restrictions caused by the persistent reservation. The type and scope fields
are defined in Table 6-76 and Table 6-75. If a scope field specifies a scope that is not
implemented, the device server shall return a CHECK CONDITION status. The
sense key shall be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense data shall be set
to INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
Fields contained in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list specify the
information required to perform a particular persistent reservation service action.
The parameter list shall be 24 bytes in length and the PARAMETER LIST LENGTH
field shall contain 24 (18h). If the parameter list length is not 24, the controller shall
return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key shall be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST and the additional sense data shall be set to PARAMETER LIST
LENGTH ERROR.
When processing the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions, the device
server shall increment the generation value as specified in section 6.9.
The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command service actions are defined in Table
6-77.
Table 6-77 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Service Action Code
Code
Name
Description
GENERATION
field
incremented
00H REGISTER Register a reservation key with the device Yes
server.
01H RESERVE
Creates a persistent reservation having a No
specified scope and type. The scope and type
of a persistent reservation.
02H RELEASE
Releases the selected reservation for the No
requesting initiator.
03H CLEAR
Clears all reservation keys and all persistent Yes
reservations.
04H PREEMPT
Preempts persistent reservations from Yes
another host computer.
(cont’d)
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT:(5Fh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 227 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-77 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Service Action Code
05H
PREEMPT
AND
ABORT
06H
REGISTER
AND
IGNORE
EXISTING
KEY
07H – Reserved
1FH
(cont’d)
Preempts persistent reservations from Yes
another initiator and aborts all tasks for all
initiators registered with the specified
reservation key.
Register a reservation key with the controller. Yes
Reserved
-
The parameter list required to perform the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command
is defined in Table 6-78. All fields shall be sent on all PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT
commands, even if the field is not required for the specified service action and scope
values.
Table 6-78 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List
Byte
0
•
•
7
8
•
•
15
16
•
•
19
20
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
Reservation Key
(LSB)
(MSB)
Service Action Reservation Key
(LSB)
(MSB)
Scope-Specific Address
Reserved
21
Reserved
22
Reserved
23
Reserved
(LSB)
APTPL
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT:(5Fh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 228 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The reservation key field contains an 8-byte value provided by the host computer to
the controller to identify the initiator that is the source of the PERSISTENT
RESERVE OUT command. The device server shall verify that the contents of the
reservation key field in a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command parameter data
matches the registered reservation key for the initiator from which the task was
received, except for:
a) the REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service action where the
RESERVATION KEY field shall be ignored; and
b) the REGISTER service action for an unregistered initiator where the
RESERVATION KEY field shall contain zero.
Except as noted above, when a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command specifies a
reservation key field other than the reservation key registered for the initiator the
device server shall return a RESERVATION CONFLICT status. Except as noted
above, the reservation key of the initiator shall be verified to be correct regardless of
the service action and scope field values.
The service action reservation key field contains information needed for four service
actions; the REGISTER, REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY, PREEMPT,
and PREEMPT AND ABORT service actions. For the REGISTER and REGISTER
AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service action, the service action reservation key
field contains the new reservation key to be registered. For the PREEMPT and
PREEMPT AND ABORT service actions, the service action reservation key field
contains the reservation key of the persistent reservations that are being preempted.
The service action reservation key field is ignored for all other service actions.
If the scope is an ELEMENT_SCOPE reservation, the scope-specific address field
shall contain the element address, zero filled in the most significant bits to fit the
field. If the service action is REGISTER, REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY,
or CLEAR or if the scope is a LU_SCOPE reservation, the scope-specific address field
shall be set to zero.
Since the controller supports only LU_SCOPE, when value other than zero is
specified to be scope-specific addresses, it ignored value.
The APTPL (Activate Persist Through Power Loss) bit shall be valid only for the
REGISTER, or the REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service action. In all
other cases, the APTPL bit shall be ignored. Support for an APTPL bit equal to one is
optional. If a device server that does not support the APTPL bit value of one receives
that value in a REGISTER or a REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service
action, the device server shall return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key
shall be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code shall be set to
INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT:(5Fh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 229 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the controller is zero, the loss of power
in the target shall release the persistent reservation for all logical units and remove
all reservation keys. If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the controller is one,
the logical unit shall retain any persistent reservation(s) that may be present and all
reservation keys for all initiators even if power is lost and later returned.
Table 6-79 summarizes which fields are set by the application client and interpreted
by the device server for each service action and scope value. The APTPL bit in the
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list, specified in the previous paragraph,
is not summarized in Table 6-79.
Table 6-79 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Service Actions and Valid Parameters
Parameters
Service
Action
REGISTER
REGISTER
AND
IGNORE
EXISTING
KEY
RESERVE
RELEASE
CLEAR
PREEMPT
PREEMPT
AND ABORT
Allowed scope
Ignored
Ignored
LU_SCOPE
ELEMENT_SCOPE
LU_SCOPE
ELEMENT_SCOPE
Ignored
LU_SCOPE
ELEMENT_SCOPE
LU_SCOPE
ELEMENT_SCOPE
Reservation
key
Service
action
reservation
key
Ignored
Ignored
Valid
Ignored
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Ignored
Valid
Valid
Ignored
Ignored
Valid
Ignored
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
valid
Valid
type
Scope-specific
address
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Valid(element)
Ignored
Valid(element)
Ignored
Ignored
Valid(element)
Ignored
Valid(element)
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT:(5Fh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 230 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.11 READ:(08H)
Byte
0
Bit
1
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
4
3
2
Logical Block Address
3
Logical Block Address (LSB)
4
Transfer Length
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Operation Code (08H)
0
1
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
2
5
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Flag
0
Link
The READ command transfers to the host computer the number of consecutive data
blocks from the medium specified in the transfer length field starting at the block
address specified in the logical block address field. This command is used to
transfer the latest data written in the specified blocks.
When a 0 is specified in the transfer length field, 256 blocks of data are transferred.
The controller terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and
with the “ILLEGAL REQUEST” sense key an invalid logical block address is
specified (see Note).
For other errors, the controller terminates the command
with the CHECK CONDITION status and the appropriate sense key.
Note : The information byte field of the sense data is loaded with the last logical
block address.
READ:(08h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 231 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.12 READ (EXTENDED):(28H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
4
3
2
Operation Code (28H)
0
1
DPO
FUA
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
2
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
6
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Transfer Length (LSB)
9
1
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
RelAdr
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The READ command requests the controller to transfer the number of consecutive
blocks specified in the Transfer Length field to the host computer starting at the
block address specified in the Logical Block Address field. This command causes the
controller to transfer the latest data written on the specified blocks.
The DPO (Disable Page Out) bit is used to determine the priority of the logical block
data read by this command in the cache.
But in this controller, the priority of the retained data is controlled by the value of the
Retention Priority field in the mode page 8 (Caching Page; refer to Table 6-45) or the
algorithm implementing the cache replacement strategy irrespective of DPO bit.
If the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit is set to 0, the controller may satisfy the command
by accessing the cache.
READ (EXTENDED):(28h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 232 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
A Transfer Length of 0 specifies that no logical block is to be transferred. The
controller in this case only seeks to the track containing the block specified in the
Logical Block Address.
The controller terminates the command with a Check Condition status and with
the “Illegal Request” Sense Key if an invalid logical block address is specified (see
Note). For other errors, the controller terminates the command with the CHECK
CONDITION status and the appropriate sense key.
Note : The information byte field of the sense data is loaded with the last logical
block address.
READ (EXTENDED):(28h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 233 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.13 READ BUFFER:(3CH)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
3
2
Reserved
3
4
Buffer Offset
5
Buffer Offset (LSB)
6
Allocation Length (MSB)
7
Allocation Length
8
Allocation Length (LSB)
9
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
Operation Code (3CH)
1
1
1
0
Buffer ID
0
0
Buffer Offset (MSB)
2
1
Reserved
0
0
Mode
0
0
The READ BUFFER command transfers the data from the controller’s data buffer
memory to the host computer.
This command can be used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER command (see
6.37) as a diagnostic function for testing the controller's data buffer memory and the
SCSI bus. This command does not cause the controller to access the logical unit
medium.
The function of this command is determined by the Mode field as follows.
Table 6-80 Read Buffer Mode
Mode
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
Meaning
Combined Header and Data
Combined Header and Data (Buffer Offset)
Data
Descriptor
(cont’d)
READ BUFFER:(3Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 234 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-80 Read Buffer Mode (cont’d)
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Echo Buffer
Echo Buffer Descriptor
Reserved
1
1
Reserved
|
|
The controller does not use the Buffer ID field (ignored).
The Buffer Offset specifies the leading buffer address to begin the data transfer.
The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes which the host
computer allocated to the data to be transferred during the DATA IN phase. The
controller will not transfer more data than that specified in the Allocation Length.
When an Allocation Length is specified to 0, no data is transferred. The controller
does not consider this condition as an error.
The controller terminates the DATA IN phase when it has transferred the data of the
Allocation Length or all the data available, whichever is less.
The Buffer Offset and Allocation Length fields must be set aligned on four-byte
boundaries. If these fields do not be set aligned on four-byte, READ BUFFER
command will be terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status, a sense key of
ILLEGAL REQUEST.
(1) Combined Header and Data
In this mode, the 4-byte header (see Table 6-81) is transferred first and the data
is subsequently transferred starting from the leading edge of the buffer.
The Buffer Offset must be specified to 0.
(2) Combined header and Data (Buffer Offset)
In this mode, the 4-byte header (see Table 6-81) is transferred first and the data
is subsequently transferred starting from the address as specified in the Buffer
Offset field.
READ BUFFER:(3Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 235 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(3) Data
In this mode, a header is not transferred but the data is transferred starting
from the address as specified in the Buffer Offset field.
(4) Descriptor
In this mode, the 4-byte Read Buffer Descriptor (see Table 6-82) is Transferred.
The Buffer Offset must be specified to 0 and the Allocation Length must be
specified to 4 or more.
(5) Echo Buffer
In this mode, transfer the same data as when the WRITE BUFFER command
with the mode field set to echo buffer was issued.
(6) Echo Buffer Descriptor
In this mode, the 4-byte Echo Buffer Descriptor (see Table 6-83) is Transferred.
Table 6-81
Read Buffer Header
Byte
READ BUFFER Header
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Buffer Capacity (MSB)
2
Buffer Capacity
3
Buffer Capacity (LSB)
0
0
0
0
The Buffer Capacity indicates the maximum length of the READ BUFFER data (i.e.,
the length is from Buffer Offset to the last address of Buffer. And if the Buffer
Offset is set to 0, the length is equal to the buffer size. ) that the controller may
transfer to the host computer.
It is recommended that the host computer issues the RESERVE command to this
controller prior to the WRITE BUFFER command and that it issue the RELEASE
command after the READ BUFFER command is completed, to avoid corruption of the
controller buffer by other host computers.
READ BUFFER:(3Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 236 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-82 Read Buffer Descriptor
Byte
Read Buffer Descriptor
0
1
Offset Boundary
0
0
0
0
Buffer Capacity (MSB)
2
Buffer Capacity
3
Buffer Capacity (LSB)
0
0
1
0
The Offset Boundary is set to 02H and indicates that the four-byte boundaries
assignment is possible as a Buffer Offset.
The Buffer Capacity indicates the maximum buffer size.
Table 6-83
Echo Buffer Descriptor
Byte
Echo Buffer Descriptor
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Buffer Capacity
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
EBOS
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
The EBOS (Echo Buffer Overwritten Supported) bit displays whether the data
transmitted in the Echo Buffer Mode receives influence in an Echo Buffer from other
hosts.
The controller holds echo buffer data for every hosts, it indicates “1” on EBOS bit.
The Buffer Capacity indicates the maximum echo buffer size.
READ BUFFER:(3Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 237 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.14 READ CAPACITY:(25H)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
RelAdr
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
0
PMI
2
Operation Code (25H)
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
1
6
7
8
9
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Link
The READ CAPACITY command requests the controller to transfer the data
concerning the logical unit capacity to the host computer.
The PMI (Partial Medium Indicator) bit of 0 indicates that the logical block address
and block length of the last logical block on the logical unit are to be transferred to
the host computer. In this case, the Logical Block Address in the CDB must be 0.
If this condition is violated, the controller creates the CHECK CONDITION status
with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The PMI bit of 1 specifies that the controller is to transfer to the host computer the
logical block address and block length of the last logical block starting from the
specified Logical Block Address in the CDB (including the address itself), after which
a substantial delay in data transfer will be encountered.
The delay by interleave or by accessing the sector reassigned using sector slipping for
bad sector alternation is not regarded as substantial.
The controller transfers the eight bytes of read capacity data shown in Table 6-84 in
the Data In phase of the command.
READ CAPACITY:(25h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 238 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-84
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Read Capacity Data
Read Capacity Data
Logical Block Address (MSB)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSB)
Block Length (MSB)
Block Length
Block Length
Block Length (LSB)
The Block Length field indicates the length in bytes of the logical block length.
READ CAPACITY:(25h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 239 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.15 READ DEFECT DATA:(37H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
2
0
3
Reserved
0
0
3
2
7
8
Allocation Length (LSB)
5
6
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Operation Code (37H)
1
0
1
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
P
G
Defect List Format
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Allocation Length (MSB)
4
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The READ DEFECT DATA command requests the controller to transfer the defect
data of the medium to the host computer.
The Defect List Format field contains the same information as that specified in the
byte 1, bits 0-2 of the FORMAT UNIT command.
The host computer can specify in this field the format of the defect list to be
transferred from the controller.
Table 6-85
No
1
2
3
Defect List Format
Bit
Defect List Format
2
1
0
0
X
X
Block Format
1
0
0
Bytes from Index Format
1
0
1
Physical Sector Format
Note 1 : X denotes a don’t care condition.
READ DEFECT DATA:(37h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 240 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The P (Primary) bit set to 1 specifies that the controller is to return the primary list
of defects. The P bit of 0 specifies that the controller must not return the primary
list of defects.
The G (Grown) bit set to 1 specifies that the controller is to return the grown list of
defects. The G bit of 0 specifies that the controller must not return the G list of
defects.
When both P and G bits are set to 1 simultaneously, the controller returns the P and
G lists in that order.
When both P and G bits are set to 0 simultaneously, the controller returns only the
defect list header.
The Allocation Length field specifies the number of bytes that the host computer has
allocated for returned Read Defect data. An allocation length of 0 specifies that no
Read Defect data is to be transferred. The controller does not consider this
condition as an error. Any other allocation length value specifies the maximum
number of bytes that must be transferred. The controller terminates the Data In
phase when the number of bytes specified in the Allocation Length field have been
transferred or all available Read Defect data have been transferred to the host
computer, whichever is less.
The Read Defect data consists of a 4-byte header, followed by zero or more defect
descriptors.
Table 6-86
Byte
0
1
Bit
Read Defect Header
7
6
5
4
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
P
G
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Defect List Format
2
0
Defect List Length (MSB)
3
Defect List Length (LSB)
The P and G bits are loaded with the same values that are stored in the CDB. The
Defect List Format field is loaded with the format of the defect descriptor.
The Defect List Length field specifies the total length in bytes of the subsequent
defect descriptors. This field = 0 specifies that no defect descriptor is to be
transferred.
READ DEFECT DATA:(37h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 241 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Defect List Length field indicates a value that is four times larger than the
number of defect descriptors for the block format and eight times larger than the
number of defect descriptors for the byte format from index or the physical sector
format, irrespective of the value of the Allocation Length value.
See Table 6-3, Table 6-4 and Table 6-5 in the subsection entitled “FORMAT UNIT” for
the defect descriptors.
The defect descriptor format for which the P lists are returned by this controller is in
the ascending order of the address but the defect descriptor format for which the G
lists are returned
by this controller may not be in the ascending order of the address.
The block addresses in the block format are physical block addresses.
The physical block address is defined in Note 3 of Table 6-1.
Since the detection and registration method can be different per each defect list
format used, the number of defects transferred to the host can be different.
READ DEFECT DATA:(37h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 242 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.16 READ DEFECT DATA(12) :(B7H)
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
6
5
1
1
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
6
7
Allocation Length
8
Allocation Length
9
Allocation Length (LSB)
4
5
10
11
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
0
Operation Code (B7H)
1
0
1
1
1
P
G
Defect List Format
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Allocation Length (MSB)
3
1
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
0
Link
The READ DEFECT DATA(12) command is the same as the READ DEFECT
DATA command except that the READ DEFECT DATA(12) command has 4-byte
length of Allocation Length and 8-byte length of Read Defect Header as follows.
Refer to item 6.15 READ DEFECT DATA command in detail.
READ DEFECT DATA(12) :(B7h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 243 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-87
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
Read Defect Header
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
Reserved
0
0
P
G
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
0
0
0
0
Defect List Format
4
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Defect List Length (MSB)
5
Defect List Length
6
Defect List Length
7
Defect List Length (LSB)
3
1
0
0
0
0
READ DEFECT DATA(12) :(B7h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 244 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.17 READ LONG:(3EH)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
Operation Code (3EH)
1
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
1
6
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
7
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Byte Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Byte Transfer Length (LSB)
9
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
CORRCT RelAdr
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The READ LONG command transfers the data and CRC/ECC bytes of the block
specified in Logical Block Address to the host computer.
The data transferred to the host computer may contain sets of data which consist of
user data bytes (block length) , CRC/ECC bytes etc.
The CORRCT (Corrected) bit of 0 indicates that the controller transfers data starting
at the block address specified in the Logical Block Address field without ECC
correction.
The CORRCT bit of 1 indicates that the controller transfers data after executing ECC
correction.
The Byte Transfer Length specifies the total number of transfer bytes of data bytes
(block length) and other information bytes (CRC/ECC etc.).
Byte Transfer Length of 0 indicates that no data is transferred. The controller
executes only seek operation to the track including the block specified by Logical
Block Address.
READ LONG:(3Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 245 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
If the incorrect value is specified in Byte Transfer Length, the controller returns
CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key. The ILI and
Valid bits are set to 1, and the difference of the requested length minus the actual
length in bytes is set to Information Byte. The negative values are indicated by
two's complement notation.
The host computer can calculate the correct Byte Transfer Length by subtracting the
Information Byte from the incorrect Byte Transfer Length.
READ LONG:(3Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 246 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.18 REASSIGN BLOCKS:(07H)
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
Operation Code (07H)
0
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Flag
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Link
The REASSIGN BLOCKS command reassigns the defective logical blocks using
alternate spare sectors.
The host computer transfers a defect list containing the logical block addresses to be
reassigned. The controller reassigns the physical blocks specified for each logical
block address in the list. The data contained the logical blocks specified in the list
are altered but the data in the other logical blocks are preserved.
If logical blocks that has previously been reassigned are specified for reassignment,
they are assigned again.
If there is insufficient alternate spare area for reassigning the all specified defective
logical blocks, the controller reassigns as any blocks as it can, terminates the
command with a CHECK CONDITION status, and sets the sense key to
“HARDWARE ERROR”.
The controller sets the block address of the first
unassigned logical block in the command specific bytes of the sense data.
The Reassign Blocks defect list (Table 6-88) is loaded with a 4-byte header, followed
by one or more defect descriptors.
Each defect descriptor is four bytes long.
REASSIGN BLOCKS:(07h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 247 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-88 Reassign Blocks Defect List
Byte
Defect List Header
0
2
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Defect List Length (MSB)
3
Defect List Length (LSB)
Byte
Defect Descriptor (s)
0
Defect Logical Block Address (MSB)
1
Defect Logical Block Address
2
Defect Logical Block Address
3
Defect Logical Block Address (LSB)
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The defect list length specifies the total length in bytes of the subsequent defect
descriptors. This value may be zero.
In this case, no defect descriptor is transferred from the host computer.
The defect list length value must be four times the number of defect descriptors.
In case of 512 Bytes/Sector format , the number of defect descriptors which the host
computer can specifies is 40H as the maximum (i.e. the maximum number of defect
list length is 100H).
When no 4-byte header is transferred or when an invalid defect list length is specified,
the controller creates the CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST
sense key.
Each defect descriptor specifies the 4-byte defect block address of the block
containing a defect. The host computer must send the defect descriptors in the
ascending order of address.
If a block address exceeding the maximum address allowed for the drive is specified,
or if the detect block addresses are not in the ascending order, the controller creates
the CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
REASSIGN BLOCKS:(07h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 248 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The defects specified in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command are added to the G list
(Grown Defect List) at the normal end of this command.
Precautions on the host computer side;
When the information bytes of the sense data are reported as valid (Valid bit = 1),
the host computer should issue another Reassign Blocks command with the
reported block address added to the defect descriptors.
When the sense data is received with the logical block address (except
FFFFFFFFH) in the command specific bytes, the host computer should issue
another Reassign Blocks command with the defect descriptors removed the defect
blocks of less local block address number than the reported one.
REASSIGN BLOCKS:(07h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 249 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.19 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS:(1CH)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
2
4
3
Operation Code (1CH)
1
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Page Code
3
Allocation Length
4
Allocation Length
5
Vendor Unique
0
0
2
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
PCV
0
Flag
Link
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command requests the controller to return
the results of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command (see 6.29) to the host computer
whose SelfTest bit is set to 0. The results of the diagnostics are unpredictable if the
SelfTest bit is set to 1.
The PCV (Page Code Valid) bit of 0 indicates that the most recent SEND
DIAGNOSTIC command shall define the data returned by this command.
The PCV bit of 1 indicates that the contents of the Page Code field shall define the
data returned by this command.
The Allocation Length field specifies the number of bytes that the host computer has
allocated for returned diagnostic data. An allocation length of 0 specifies that no
diagnostic data is to be transferred.
This condition must not be considered as an error. Any other allocation length value
specifies the maximum number of bytes that must be transferred. The controller
terminates the Data In phase when the number of bytes specified in the Allocation
Length field have been transferred or when all available diagnostic data have been
transferred to the host computer, whichever is less.
The diagnostic data is described in the description on the SEND DIAGNOSTIC
command. (See 6.29)
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS:(1Ch)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 250 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.20 RELEASE:(17H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
4
3
2
Operation Code (17H)
1
0
1
1
3rdPty
Third Party Device ID
2
Reservation Identification
3
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
4
5
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
Extent
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
0
Link
0
The RELEASE command releases a logical unit that is previously reserved by a host
computer. No error must be informed if a RELEASE command is issued to a logical
unit that is not reserved.
The controller is considered as support of only the RESERVE (10) command in order
to specify Third Party Device ID by AL_PA to third party reserve.
The Extent bit must always be set to 0 as this SCSI controller does not support the
extent release feature. If this condition is violated, the controller creates the
CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The controller ignores the Reservation Identification that is used by the extent
release feature.
(1) Logical unit release
The RELEASE command releases the logical unit that is reserved by the
current host computer.
(2) Third party release
The third-party release feature of the Release command allows the host
computer to release a logical unit that is reserved by the third party reservation
feature.
When the 3rdPty (Third Party) bit is set to 0, the third party release feature is
disabled. In this case, the controller ignores the Third Party Device ID field.
When the 3rdPty bit is set to 1, the controller releases the logical unit from the
reserved state provided that the reservation has been carried out by the same
host computer on the same SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID
field.
The Third Party Device ID field contains the AL_PA for the SCSI device to
release the logical unit.
RELEASE:(17h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 251 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.21 RELEASE(10):(57H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
3
2
Operation Code (57H)
1
0
1
3rdPty
Reserved
0
0
Reservation Identification
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
2
3
4
4
7
8
Parameter List Length(LSB)
6
9
0
1
0
1
Extent
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
Third Party Device ID
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Parameter List Length(MSB)
5
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
The RELEASE(10) command is the same as the RELEASE command (see 6.20)
expect that the RELEASE(10) command has 1-byte length of Third Party Device ID.
If the RELEASE(10) command is implemented, then the RESERVE(10) also shall be
implemented.
RELEASE(10):(57h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 252 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.22 REPORT LUNS:(A0h)
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
Operation Code(A0H)
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Allocation Length(MSB)
1
0
1
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
7
Allocation Length
8
Allocation Length
9
Allocation Length(LSB)
10
11
2
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
0
Link
The REPORT LUNS command reports the logical unit number which the controller
is supporting by REPORT LUNS parameter list(see ).
The allocation length should be at least 16 bytes. If the allocation length is not
sufficient to contain the entire logical unit inventory, the host computer shall report
as many logical unit number values as fit in the specified allocation length. This
shall not be considered an error.
Note : Devices compliant with SPC return CHECK CONDITION status with
sense key ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code set to INVALID
FIELD IN CDB when the allocation length is less than 16 bytes.
REPORT LUNS:(A0h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 253 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-89 REPORT LUNS Parameter List Format
Byte
0
•
•
3
4
•
•
7
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
LUN List Length(N-7)
(LSB)
Reserved
LUN List
8
•
•
15
•
•
•
N-7
•
•
N
(MSB)
First LUN
(LSB)
•
•
•
(MSB)
Last LUN
(LSB)
The controller supports only the logical unit number 0, first LUN in LUN list
0000000000000000H are reported.
REPORT LUNS:(A0h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 254 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.23 REQUEST SENSE:(03H)
Byte
0
1
2
3
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
5
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
4
3
2
Operation Code (03H)
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Allocation Length
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The REQUEST SENSE command returns the sense data of the unit describing the
CHECK CONDITION status indicated to the host computer. The sense data is held
pending in the controller so that it may be transferred to the host computer.
This sense data is cleared when the unit in the check state receives a new command
from the host computer that received the CHECK CONDITION status.
The allocation length specifies the number of bytes to be allocated by the host
computer for the sense data to be transferred. The other allocation length values
specify the maximum number of bytes to be transferred. The controller terminates
the Data In phase when it has transferred the number of sense data bytes specified
by the allocation length or all sense data bytes, whichever is shorter.
This command returns the Check Condition status only when one of the following
fatal errors occurs
· The controller receives a non-zero reserved bit n the CDB.
· The controller detects an unrecoverable parity error on the data bus.
· The sense data transfer is prevented by a controller error.
The sense data transferred when a fatal error occurred during a REQUEST SENSE
command is invalid.
The sense data transferred by this SCSI controller is all in the extended sense format
(see Chapter 7, “SENSE DATA” for the extended sense data).
REQUEST SENSE:(03h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 255 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.24 RESERVE:(16H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
4
3
2
Operation Code (16H)
1
0
1
1
3rdPty
Third Party Device ID
2
Reservation Identification
3
Extent List Length (MSB)
4
Extent List Length (LSB)
5
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Flag
0
0
Extent
0
Link
The RESERVE command reserves a logical unit for the host computer issuing this
command. The third-party reservation feature allows the logical unit to be reserved
for another specified SCSI device.
The RESERVE and RELEASE commands provide the basic mechanism for resolving
contentions that can occur in multi-host (initiator) systems.
Since this SCSI controller does not support the extended reservation feature, the
Extent bit must always be set to 0. If this is not observed, the controller creates the
CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The controller is considered as support of only the RESERVE (10) command in order
to specify Third Party Device ID by AL_PA to third party reserve.
The controller ignores the Reservation Identification and Extent List Length fields
that are used by the extent reservation feature. Accordingly, no Data Out phase can
occur.
(1) Logical unit reservation
The RESERVE command requests the controller to reserve the specified logical
unit so that the host computer can use the entire logical unit exclusively until
the reservation is superseded by another valid RESERVE command issued by
the same host computer or until the reservation is released by a RELEASE
command from the same host computer, by a Bus Device Reset message from
another host computer, or by a hardware reset.
A logical unit reservation is rejected with the RESERVATION CONFLICT
status set if the specified logical unit has already been reserved by another host
computer. In this case, the reservation request is not queued into the
controller (the RESERVE command itself is queued, however).
RESERVE:(16h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 256 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The host computer can reserve any logical unit that has been reserved by the
same host computer.
Once a reservation is established, if another host computer issues a command
other than the INQUIRY, REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE command to the
reserved logical unit, that command is rejected with the RESERVATION
CONFLICT status set.
(2) Third party reservation
The third-party reservation feature of the RESERVE command allows the host
computer to reserve a logical unit for another specified SCSI device. This
feature is applicable to multi-host systems that use the COPY command. (The
COPY command proper is executed by another SCSI controller. )
Third party reservation is disabled when the 3rdPty (Third Party) bit is set to 0.
In this case, the controller ignores the Third Party Device ID field.
When the 3rdPty bit is set to 1, the controller reserves the logical unit for
another SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field.
The Third Party Device ID field contains the SCSI ID for another SCSI device
to be reserved as the logical unit.
Third Party reservation processing proceeds in the same way as in logical unit
reservation except that it allows another SCSI device to reserve the logical unit.
This SCSI controller releases a third party reservation when it receives a valid
RESERVE command from the same host computer (superseding reservation),
when it receives a third party Release command specifying the same third party
device ID, when it receives a BUS DEVICE RESET message from any host
computer, or when a hardware reset condition occurs.
(3) Superseding reservation
The host computer that retains a logical unit reservation can change the
reservation status by issuing another RESERVE command. This superseding
RESERVE command releases the old reservation state when the new
reservation request is allowed. If the new reservation request is not accepted,
the old reservation state is preserved. If the superseding reservation conflicts
with the preceding active reservation state (other than
the reservation being superseded), the controller rejects this command with the
RESERVATION CONFLICT status.
The primary purpose of superseding reservation is to change the SCSI device
ID in the third party reservation state.
This feature is made available for the COPY command that is used between
different SCSI devices.
RESERVE:(16h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 257 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.25 RESERVE(10):(56H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
3
2
Operation Code (56H)
1
0
1
3rdPty
Reserved
0
0
Reservation Identification
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
2
3
4
4
7
8
Extent List Length (LSB)
6
9
0
1
0
1
Extent
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
Third Party Device ID
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Extent List Length (MSB)
5
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
The RESERVE(10) command is the same as the RESERVE command expect that the
RESERVE(10) command has 1-byte length of Third Party Device ID.
If the RESERVE(10) command is implemented, then the RELEASE(10) also shall be
implemented.
RESERVE(10):(56h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 258 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.26 REZERO UNIT:(01H)
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
Operation Code (01H)
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Flag
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Link
The REZERO UNIT command is used to recover from errors such as seek errors
occurring in the selected disk drive. This error recovery command positions the
read/write head in the home position (physical cylinder 0, head 0).
REZERO UNIT:(01h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 259 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.27 SEEK:(0BH)
Byte
0
Bit
1
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
4
3
2
Logical Block Address
3
Logical Block Address (LSB)
5
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
0
Operation Code (0BH)
0
1
0
1
Logical Block Address (MSB)
2
4
1
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
1
0
Link
The SEEK command positions the read/write head on the track containing the block
that is specified in the logical block address field.
The controller terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and
with the “ILLEGAL REQUEST” sense key if an invalid logical block address is
specified (see Note).
For other errors, the controller terminates the command with
the CHECK CONDITION status and the appropriate sense key.
Note : The information byte field of the sense data is loaded with the last logical
block address.
SEEK:(0Bh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 260 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.28 SEEK (EXTENDED):(2BH)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
0
Link
Operation Code (2BH)
0
1
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
2
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
6
7
8
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
The Seek command positions the read / write head on the track containing the block
that is specified in the Logical Block Address field.
The controller terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and
with the “ILLEGAL REQUEST” sense key if an invalid logical block address is
specified (see Note).
For other errors, the controller terminates the command with
the CHECK CONDITION status and the appropriate sense key.
Note : The information byte field of the sense data is loaded with the last logical
block address.
SEEK (EXTENDED):(2Bh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 261 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.29 SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1DH)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3
Operation Code (1DH)
1
1
1
0
1
PF
R
SelfTest DevOfL UnitOf
L
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
Parameter List Length (MSB)
4
Parameter List Length (LSB)
0
1
2
5
0
0
Self-Test Code
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command requests the controller to perform diagnostics on
the controller and the selected logical unit.
When the SelfTest bit is one the Self-Test Code field shall contain (000)b. When the
SelfTest bit is zero, the contents of Self-Test Code field are specified in Table 6-90.
Table 6-90 Self-Test Code Field Values
Self-Test
Code
(000)b
(001)b
(010)b
(011)b
Name
Description
-
This value shall be used when the SelfTest bit is set to
one or if the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is not
invoking one of the other self-test functions such as
enclosure services(see SES) or the Traslate Address
page.
Backgroun The device server shall start its short self-test in the
d
short background mode. The Parameter List Length field
self-test
shall contain zero.
Backgroun The device server shall start its extended self-test in
d extended the background mode. The Parameter List Length field
self-test
shall contain zero.
Reserved
(cont’d)
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 262 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-90
(100)b
(101)b
(110)b
(111)b
Self-Test Code Field Values (cont’d)
Abort
backgroun
d self-test
The device server shall abort the current self-test
running in background mode. The Parameter List
Length field shall contain zero. This value is only valid
if a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command specified
a background self-test function and that self-test has
not completed. If either or these conditions is not met,
then the device server shall return a CHECK
CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL
REQUEST and an additional sense code of INVALID
FIELD IN CDB.
Foregroun The device server shall start its short self-test in the
d
short foreground mode. The Parameter List Length field
self-test
shall contain zero.
Foregroun The device server shall start its extended self-test in
d extended the foreground mode. The Parameter List Length field
self-test
shall contain zero.
Reserved
The controller carries out the default self-diagnostics if the SelfTest (Self Test) bit of
the command is set to 1. In this case, the Parameter List Length field must be set to
0.
When the self-diagnostics are completed normally, the controller terminates the
command with the GOOD status. Otherwise, the controller terminates the
command with a CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to
“HARDWARE ERROR” .
The results of the self-diagnostics are not returned to the host computer responding
to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command. (see 6.19)
When the SelfTest bit is set to 0, the controller carries out the diagnostics specified in
the diagnostic parameters (listed in Table 6-91).
If the DevOfL (SCSI Device Offline) bit is set to 1, the controller is allowed to have
a bad influence on operations to other logical unit on the controller.
If the DevOfL bit is set to 0, the information of operations to other logical unit on
the controller is preserved. The controller only supports DevOfL bit = 0.
The PF (Page Format) bit of 1 specifies that diagnostic parameters are defined in
page format. The PF bit of 0 specifies that diagnostic parameters are not defined in
page format (they are defined in vender unique format ).
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 263 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
When the UnitOfL (Logical Unit Offline) bit is set to 1, the controller performs
diagnostics that enables write operations on user medium or operation that affect
user visible medium positioning.
When the UnitOfL bit is set to 0, the diagnostics that enables write operations on
user medium or operations that affect user visible medium positioning are inhibited.
The Parameter List Length field specifies the length in bytes of the diagnostic
parameters to be transferred during the Data Out phase.
The host computer must set this field to 0 if the SelfTest bit is set to 1. If the
SelfTest bit is set to 0, the Parameter List Length field must be set to a value greater
than or equal to 6H. If this condition is not met, the controller creates the CHECK
CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The contents of diagnostic parameter list are written in (1) Page Format diagnostic
parameter and (2) Vender Unique diagnostic parameter.
(1) Page Format diagnostic parameter
The diagnostic parameters commonly used by the Send Diagnostic and Receive
Diagnostic Results commands are shown in Table 6-91, defined when the PF bit is
set to 1.
For the Send Diagnostic command, the Parameter List Length specifies the
number of diagnostic parameter bytes. The Parameter List Length of 0 indicates
that no diagnostic parameter is transferred. The controller does not handle this
condition as an error ( no operation ). The host computer may transfer one page of
data as a diagnostic parameter.
If any shortage of parameters or multiple-page transfer occurs, the controller
returns the CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
For the Receive Diagnostic Results command, the Allocation Length specifies the
number of diagnostic parameter bytes.
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 264 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-91 Diagnostic Page Format
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Page Code
2
Reserved
0
0
Page Length (MSB)
3
Page Length (LSB)
4
to
n
Diagnostic Parameters
0
0
0
The Page Code specifies either specification (in case of Send Diagnostic command)
or report (in case of Receive Diagnostic Results command). The controller
supports the following pages.
Page Code
00H
01H
02H
03H
04H
05H
06H
07H
08H
40H
Description
Supported Diagnostic Page
Enclosure Configuration Page
Enclosure Control/Status Page
Enclosure Help Text Page
Enclosure String Out/In Page
Enclosure Threshold Out/In Page
Enclosure Array Control/Status Page
Enclosure Element Descriptor Page
Short Enclosure Status Page
Translate Address Page
When any other page code than shown above is specified, the controller returns
CHECK CONDITION status with the ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The Page Length specifies the number of bytes that follow the Page Length field.
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 265 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-92
Bit
7
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Supported Diagnostic Page (Code = 00H)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
3
Page Code
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Page Length (MSB)
0
0
0
Page Length (LSB)
0
0
1
Supported Page List
0
4
00H
5
01H
6
02H
7
03H
8
04H
9
05H
10
06H
11
07H
12
08H
13
40H
For the Send Diagnostic command, the Page Length must be specified to 0. If
any value other than 0 is specified, the controller returns the Check Condition
status with the Illegal Request Sense Key.
For the Receive Diagnostic Results command, the controller sets the Page
Length to 0004H and reports the codes 00H (Supported Diagnostic Page) and 01H
–08H and40H (Translate Address Page).
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 266 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Enclosure Configuration page
Enclosure Configuration page is used for the report of Enclosure Elements
Table 6-93
Bit
7
Enclosure Configuration page
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 –3
4–7
8
9
10
11
12 – 19
20 –27
28 – 43
44 – 47
48 - (11+m)
(4 bytes)
:
(4 bytes)
Variable
:
Last Byte = n
Page Code = 01h
Number of Sub-Enclosures
Page Length
Generation Code
Reserved = 00h
Sub-Enclosures Identifier
Number of Element Types Supported (t)
Enclosure Descriptor Length (m)
Enclosure Logical Identifier
Enclosure Vendor Identification
Product Identification
Product Revision Level
Vendor-Specific Enclosure Information
Type Descriptor Header (First Element Type)
:
Type Descriptor Header (Last(t) Element Type)
Type Descriptor Text (First Element Type)
:
Type Descriptor Text (Last(t) Element Type)
Enclosure Control / Status page
Enclosure Control/Status page is used in order to set the Control information each
Elements or in order to get the Status information each Elements.
Table 6-94
Bit
7
6
5
Enclosure Control page
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 –3
4–7
8 – 11
12 – 15
:
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
:
(4 bytes)
Page Code = 02h
INFO
NON-CRIT
CRIT
Page Length
Generation Code
Overall Control (First Element Type)
Element Control (First Element of First Element Type)
:
Element Control (Last Element of First Element Type)
Overall Control (Second Element Type)
Element Control (First Element of Second Element Type)
:
Element Control (Last Element of Last Element Type)
Reserved
UNRECOV
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 267 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-95
Bit
7
6
5
Enclosure Status page
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 -3
4-7
8 - 11
12 - 15
:
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
:
(4 bytes)
Reserved
Page Code = 02h
INVOP
INFO
NON-CRIT
CRIT
Page Length
Generation Code
Overall Status (First Element Type)
Element Status (First Element of First Element Type)
:
Element Status (Last Element of First Element Type)
Overall Status (Second Element Type)
Element Status (First Element of Second Element Type)
:
Element Status (Last Element of Last Element Type)
UNRECOV
Enclosure Help Text page
Enclosure Help Text page (Option) is used for the report of the Help Text from
Enclosure.
Table 6-96
Bit
7
6
Enclosure Help Text page
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 –3
4–n
Page Code = 03h
Number of Sub-Enclosures
Page Length
Help Text
Enclosure String Out/In page
Enclosure String Out/In page is used in order to transmit and receive information
peculiar to a vender by Application Client and Enclosure Services Process.
Table 6-97
Bit
7
6
Enclosure String Out page
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 –3
4–n
Page Code = 04h
Sub-Enclosure Identifier
Page Length
Vendor Specific
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 268 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-98
Bit
7
6
Enclosure String In page
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 –3
4–n
Page Code = 04h
Number of Sub-Enclosures
Page Length
Vendor Specific
Enclosure Threshold Out/In page
Enclosure String Out/In page is used in order to set the Threshold control
information or in order to get actually effective threshold information.
Table 6-99
Bit
7
6
Enclosure Threshold Out/In page
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 -3
4-7
8 - 11
12 - 15
:
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
:
(4 bytes)
Page Code = 05h
Reserved
Page Length
Generation Code
Overall Threshold (First Element Type)
Element Threshold (First Element of First Element Type)
:
Element Threshold (Last Element of First Element Type)
Overall Threshold (Second Element Type)
Element Threshold (First Element of Second Element Type)
:
Element Threshold (Last Element of Last Element Type)
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 269 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Enclosure Array Control/Status page
Enclosure Control/Status page is used in order to set the Control information each
Elements or in order to get the Status information each Elements.
Table 6-100
Bit
7
6
Enclosure Array Control page
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 -3
4-7
8 - 11
12 - 15
:
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
:
(4 bytes)
Page Code = 06h
INFO
NON-CRIT
CRIT
Page Length
Generation Code
Overall Control (First Element Type)
Element Control (First Element of First Element Type)
:
Element Control (Last Element of First Element Type)
Overall Control (Second Element Type)
Element Control (First Element of Second Element Type)
:
Element Control (Last Element of Last Element Type)
Reserved
Table 6-101
Bit
7
6
UNRECOV
Enclosure Array Status page
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 -3
4-7
8 - 11
12 - 15
:
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
:
(4 bytes)
Reserved
Page Code = 06h
INVOP
INFO
NON-CRIT
CRIT
Page Length
Generation Code
Overall Status (First Element Type)
Element Status (First Element of First Element Type)
:
Element Status (Last Element of First Element Type)
Overall Status (Second Element Type)
Element Status (First Element of Second Element Type)
:
Element Status (Last Element of Last Element Type)
UNRECOV
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 270 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Enclosure Element Descriptor page
Enclosure Element Description page is used in order to report the description
(information) peculiar to a vender to each Elements.
Table 6-102
Bit
7
Enclosure Element Description page
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2 –3
4–7
8 – 11
12 – 15
:
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
(4 bytes)
:
(4 bytes)
Page Code = 07h
Reserved = 00h
Page Length
Generation Code
Overall Descriptor (First Element Type)
Element Descriptor (First Element of First Element Type)
:
Element Descriptor (Last Element of First Element Type)
Overall Descriptor (Second Element Type)
Element Descriptor (First Element of Second Element Type)
:
Element Descriptor (Last Element of Last Element Type)
Short Enclosure Status page
Short Enclosure Status page is used when Enclosure Service Process does not
support other Enclosure Service page.
Table 6-103
Bit
Short Enclosure Status page
7
6
5
8045
EFW
P_ESI-5
4
3
2
1
0
P_ESI-2
P_ESI-1
P_ESI-0
Byte
0
1
2-3
Page Code = 08h
P_ESI-4
P_ESI-3
Page Length = 00h
When RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command is received from Application
Client,the monitor result of EFW and P_ESI_0-5 are set as Byte 1 of Enclosure
Status page (4Bytes), and a controller reports them to Application Client.
When Enclosure Service Process is SFF-8045 support at bit 7 of Byte 1 at this
time, "1" is set, and "0" is set when it is SFF-8067.
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 271 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-104
Bit
Translate Address Page (Code = 40H)
7
(in case of Send Diagnostic command)
6
5
4
3
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
Page Code
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Page Length (MSB)
0
0
0
Page Length (LSB)
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
6
to
13
0
1
0
Supplied Format
Translate Format
Address to Translate
The Page Length must be set to 000AH. If any value other than 000AH is set, the
controller returns the Check Condition status with the Illegal Request Sense
Key.
The selectable combination of Supplied Format (before translation) and
Translate Format (after translation) is shown as below.
Table 6-105
Translation Format
Supplied Format
Translate Format
Code
Format
Code
Format
0XX
Logical Block Address
101
Physical Sector Address
101
Physical Sector Address
0XX
Logical Block Address
(Note) A bit of X denotes “do not care” condition.
The above codes are identical with those of the Defect List Format in the
Format Unit command (see 6.1). But the sector number shown in the Physical
Sector Address has no fixed relation to the physical location from the index
signal since the controller uses ID information on this sector.
If any other translation than defined above is specified, the controller returns
the Check Condition with the Illegal Request Sense Key.
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 272 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
When the Supplied Format is the Logical Block Address, the byte 6 to 9 of
Address to Translate field specifies a logical block address in Block Format (see
Table 6-3 in Format Unit command). The byte 10 to 13 of the field must be set
to 00000000H.
When the Supplied Format is the Physical Sector Address, the byte 6 to 13 of
Address to Transfer field specifies a physical block address in Physical sector
Format (see Table 6-5 in Format Unit command).
If any invalid logical block address or non-zero value of byte 10 to 13 is specified,
the controller returns the Check Condition status with the Illegal Request
Sense Key.
Table 6-106
Bit
7
Read Alternate Page (Code = 40H)
(in case of Receive Diagnostic Results command)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
2
Page Code
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Page Length (MSB)
3
Page Length (LSB)
1
4
5
0
1
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
RAREA ALTSEC ALTTRK
6
to
13
14
to
21
···
n
to
n+7
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Supplied Format
Translated Format
Translated Address 1
Translated Address 2 (if required)
···
Translated Address n (if required)
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 273 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Page Length indicates the number of bytes that follow the Page Length
field.
The Supplied Format indicates the code sent by the Send Diagnostic command.
The RAREA (Reserved Area) bit of 1 indicates that a part or the whole of
address-translated block locates in the reserved area of medium (the area
inaccessible by the host using logical block address).
The RAREA bit of 0 indicates that the whole address-translated block does not
locate in the reserved area of medium.
The ALTSEC (Alternate Sector) bit of 1 indicates that a part or the whole of
address-translated blocks is reallocated to an alternate sector in medium
(except sector slipping reallocation).
The ALTSEC bit of 0 indicates that the whole of address-translated block is not
reallocated to an alternate sector in medium (except sector slipping
reallocation).
The ALTTRK (Alternate Track) bit of 1 indicates that a part or the whole of
address-translated blocks is reallocated to an alternate track in medium.
The ALTTRK bit of 0 indicates that the whole of address-translated block is not
reallocated to an alternate track in medium.
But when the sector specified by Send Diagnostic command is an original sector
or a replacement sector in specified track, RAREA and ALTSEC bit values
reported from the controller are indecisive.
The Translated Address 1 to n indicate the address after translation. For
instance, if the logical block consists of two physical sectors, the addresses for
these two sectors are indicated accordingly.
(2) Vender Unique diagnostic parameter
The diagnostic parameters whose the PF bit is set to 0 are shown in Table 6-107
and Table 6-108.
Table 6-107 Diagnostic Parameter List
Byte
0
1-4
5
6-n
Diagnostic Control Bytes
Sub Command Code
Refer to Sub Command Definition
Control Byte
Diagnostic Data
Refer to Sub Command Definition
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 274 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The results of the diagnostics specified in the vender unique diagnostic parameters
are reported to the host computer by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
command. The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command terminates with the GOOD
status whether the result of diagnostics is successful or not (normal or abnormal
termination).
The sub command code identifies the diagnostic function to be carried out by the
controller. Some sub commands are not executed if its UnitOfL bit is set to 0.
Table 6-108
No.
1
2
3
4
5
UnitOfL Bit
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
Sub Command Codes
Sub Command
Code
00H
02H
03H
07H
08H
Function
No Operation
Read Long
Write Long
Physical Read
Physical Write
If a sub command code is specified on condition that UnitOfL bit is set to the value
without X marked in Table 6-108, the controller creates the CHECK CONDITION
status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
If an invalid sub command code is specified, the controller creates the CHECK
CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
SEND DIAGNOSTIC:(1Dh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 275 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.30 START / STOP UNIT:(1BH)
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
Operation Code (1BH)
1
1
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
Immed
0
0
0
0
0
Start
0
Flag
Link
The START/STOP command specifies whether the logical unit is to be made ready or
not ready for the subsequent operations.
When the Immed (Immediate) bit is set to 1, the controller returns the status
immediately after starting an operation (Spin Up / Down).
When the Immed bit is set to 0, the controller returns the status on completion of the
operation.
When the Start bit is set to 1, the controller sets the logical unit ready.
When the Start bit is set to 0, the controller sets the logical unit not ready.
START / STOP UNIT:(1Bh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 276 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.31 SYNCHRONIZED CACHE:(35H)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
Operation Code (35H)
1
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
1
6
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Transfer Length (LSB)
9
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
1
Immed RelAdr
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The SYNCHRONIZED CACHE command requests the controller to write the
unwritten data in the cache memory, within the range specified in the Transfer
Length, starting at the block address specified in the Logical Block Address field., to
the disk.
The Transfer Length of 0 indicates that all remaining logical blocks on the logical
unit shall be within the range.
If the Immed (Immediate) bit is set to 1, the controller returns GOOD status as soon
as the CDB is received.
If the Immed bit is set to 0, the command terminates after the all unwritten data in
the cache memory is finished writing to the medium.
SYNCHRONIZED CACHE:(35h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 277 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.32 TEST UNIT READY:(00H)
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
Bit
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
Operation Code (00H)
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Flag
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Link
The TEST UNIT READY command checks whether the selected drive is ready or not.
The controller responds to this command with a GOOD status when the selected
drive has been powered on and in the ready state (ready to write to and read from its
disk storage).
Otherwise, the controller returns a status according to the drive state.
TEST UNIT READY:(00h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 278 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.33 VERIFY:(2FH)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
Operation Code (2FH)
0
1
1
DPO
Reserved
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
1
6
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
7
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Verification Length (MSB)
8
Verification Length (LSB)
9
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
1
1
BytChk RelAdr
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The VERIFY command verifies the data in the number of consecutive data blocks
specified in the Transfer Length field, starting at the block address specified in the
Logical Block Address field.
The DPO (Disable Page Out) bit is ignored.
When the BytChk (Byte Check) bit is set to 0, the controller does not request the
verification data but verifies the written data in the medium using ECC. When the
BytChk bit is set to 1, the controller performs byte-by-byte compare check between
the written data in the medium and the transferred data from the host computer.
A verification Length of 0 specifies that no logical block is to be verified. The
controller in this case only seeks to the track containing the block specified in the
Logical Block Address.
VERIFY:(2Fh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 279 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The controller terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and
with the “ILLEGAL REQUEST” sense key if an invalid logical block address is
specified (see Note). For other errors, the controller terminates the command with
the CHECK CONDITION status and the appropriate sense key.
Note : The information byte field of the sense data is loaded with the last logical
block address.
VERIFY:(2Fh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 280 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.34 WRITE:(0AH)
Byte
0
Bit
1
7
6
5
0
0
0
Logical Unit Number
4
3
2
Logical Block Address
3
Logical Block Address (LSB)
4
Transfer Length
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Operation Code (0AH)
0
1
0
1
Logical Block Address (MSB)
2
5
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Flag
0
Link
The WRITE command writes the number of consecutive data blocks from the host
computer specified in the transfer length field to the medium starting at the block
address specified in the logical block address field.
When a 0 is specified in the transfer length field, 256 blocks of data are transferred.
The controller terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and
with the “ILLEGAL REQUEST” sense key if an invalid logical block address is
specified (see Note).
For other errors, the controller terminates the command with
the CHECK CONDITION status and the appropriate sense key.
Note : The information byte field of the sense data is loaded with the last logical
block address.
WRITE:(0Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 281 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.35 WRITE (EXTENDED):(2AH)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
Operation Code (2AH)
0
1
0
1
DPO
FUA
Reserved
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
2
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
6
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Transfer Length (LSB)
9
1
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
RelAdr
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The WRITE command writes the number of consecutive data blocks from the host
computer specified in the Transfer Length field to the medium starting at the block
address specified in the Logical Block Address field.
The DPO (Disable Page Out) bit is used to determine the priority of the logical block
data read by this command in the cache.
But in this controller, the priority of the retained data is controlled by the value of the
Retention Priority field in the mode page 8 (Caching Page; refer to Table 6-45) or the
algorithm implementing the cache replacement strategy irrespective of DPO bit.
If the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit is set to 1, the controller returns the status on
completion of writing to the medium.
If the FUA bit is set to 0, the controller returns the status prior to writing to the
medium.
A Transfer Length of 0 specifies that no logical block is to be transferred. The
controller in this case only seeks to the track containing the block specified in the
Logical Block Address.
WRITE (EXTENDED):(2Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 282 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The controller terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and
with the “ILLEGAL REQUEST” sense key if an invalid logical block address is
specified (see Note ).
For other errors, the controller terminates the command with the CHECK
CONDITION status and the appropriate sense key.
Note : The information byte field of the sense data is loaded with the last logical
block address.
WRITE (EXTENDED):(2Ah)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 283 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.36 WRITE AND VERIFY:(2EH)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
Operation Code (2EH)
0
1
1
DPO
Reserved
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
1
6
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Transfer Length (LSB)
9
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
1
0
BytChk RelAdr
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The WRITE AND VERIFY command writes the number of consecutive data blocks
from the host computer specified in the Transfer Length field to the medium starting
at the block address specified in the Logical Block Address field, after then verify
that the data is correctly written.
The DPO (Disable Page Out) bit is used to determine the priority of the logical block
data read by this command in the cache.
But in this controller, the priority of the retained data is controlled by the value of the
Retention Priority field in the mode page 8 (Caching Parameters; refer to Table 6-45)
or the algorithm implementing the cache replacement strategy irrespective of DPO
bit.
When the BytChk (Byte Check) bit is set to 0, the controller verifies the written data
in the medium using ECC. When the BytChk bit is set to 1, the controller performs
byte-by-byte compare check between the written data in the medium and the
transferred data from the host computer.
WRITE AND VERIFY:(2Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 284 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
A Transfer Length of 0 specifies that no logical block is to be transferred. The
controller in this case only seeks to the track containing the block specified in the
Logical Block Address.
The controller terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and
with the “ILLEGAL REQUEST” sense key if an invalid logical block address is
specified (see Note ).
For other errors, the controller terminates the command with the CHECK
CONDITION status and the appropriate sense key.
Note : The information byte field of the sense data is loaded with the last logical
block address.
WRITE AND VERIFY:(2Eh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 285 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.37 WRITE BUFFER:(3BH)
Byte
0
1
2
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Operation Code (3BH)
1
1
0
1
Reserve
Mode
d
0
Buffer ID
0
0
0
0
0
Buffer Offset (MSB)
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
0
0
3
4
Buffer Offset
5
Buffer Offset (LSB)
6
Parameter List Length (MSB)
7
Parameter List Length
8
Parameter List Length (LSB)
9
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Flag
0
1
0
Link
The WRITE BUFFER command writes the data from the host computer into the data
buffer memory in the controller. This command is also used for downloading of the
controller microcode.
This command can be used in conjunction with the READ BUFFER command (see
6.13) as a diagnostic function for testing the controller's data buffer memory and the
SCSI bus. This command does not cause the controller to access the medium on
logical unit except for the case of “Device Unique mode” or “Download Microcode and
Save”.
The function of this command is determined by the Mode field as follows.
WRITE BUFFER:(3Bh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 286 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 6-109
Mode
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
|
1
1
1
1
Write Buffer Mode
Meaning
Write Combined Header and Data
Write Combined Header and Data (Buffer Offset)
Write Data
Reserved
Device Unique mode
Download Microcode and Save
Reserved
Download Microcode with offsets and save
Reserved
Reserved
Echo Buffer
Reserved
|
Reserved
The Buffer ID field must always be set to 0 as the controller does not support this
field. If this condition is violated , the controller creates the CHECK CONDITION
status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The Buffer Offset specifies the leading buffer address to be written the data.
The Parameter List Length specifies the number of bytes to be transferred during the
DATA OUT phase. When a Parameter List Length is specified to 0, no data is
transferred. The controller dose not consider this condition as an error.
The Buffer Offset and Parameter List Length fields must be set aligned on four-byte
boundaries. If these fields do not be set aligned on four-byte, WRITE BUFFER
command will be terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status, a sense key of
ILLEGAL REQUEST.
(1) Write Combined Header and Data (Buffer Offset)
In this mode, the data to be written, starting at the leading edge of the buffer, is
transferred following the 4 bytes of header (see Table 6-81).
The Buffer Offset must be specified to 0.
(2) Write Combined Header and Data (Buffer Offset)
In this mode, the data following the 4 bytes of header (see Table 6-81) is to be
stored into the buffer starting at the address as specified in the Buffer Offset
field.
WRITE BUFFER:(3Bh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 287 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
(3) Write Data
In this mode, a header is not transferred but the data is transferred into the
buffer starting at the address as specified in the Buffer Offset field.
(4) Device Unique mode
In this mode, device unique motion will be executed.
(5) Download Microcode and Save
In this mode, the transferred data (Microcode) is written into the system area in
the disk medium. When the download and save operation has completed
normally, the controller creates the UNIT ATTENTION condition to the all
initiators except that issued this command. The Buffer Offset field must
always be set to 0 as the controller does not support this field. If this condition
is violated , the controller creates the CHECK CONDITION status with
ILLEGAL REQUEST.
(6) Download Microcode with offsets and save
In this mode, the intiator may split the transfer of the Microcode or control
information over two or mode WRITE BUFFER command. The Microcode
written to the logical unit buffer starting at the location specified by the
BUFFER OFFSET field. The controller supports 512 byte boundaries only.
(7) Echo Buffer
In this mode, the data is to be stored into the echo buffer.
Table 6-110
Byte
0
1
2
3
Write Buffer Header
WRITE BUFFER Header
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WRITE BUFFER:(3Bh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 288 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.38 WRITE LONG:(3FH)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
Operation Code (3FH)
1
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
1
6
0
0
1
Logical Unit Number
7
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Byte Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Byte Transfer Length (LSB)
9
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
RelAdr
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The user data and CRC/ECC bytes transferred from the host computer are written in
the block specified by Logical Block Address by WRITE LONG command. The data
transferred from the host computer consists of user data bytes (block length) and
CRC/ECC information bytes etc.
The Byte Transfer Length specifies the total number of transfer bytes of data byte
(block length) and CRC/ECC bytes etc.
The Byte Transfer Length of 0 indicates that no data is transferred, and the
controller executes only seek operation to the track including the block specified by
Logical Block Address.
If the incorrect value is specified in Byte Transfer Length, the controller returns
CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key.
The ILI and Valid bits of the sense data are set to 1, and the difference of the
requested length ( Byte Transfer Length ) minus the actual length ( block length +
CRC/ECC bytes etc.) in bytes is set to Information Byte.
The negative values are indicated by two's complement notation.
WRITE LONG:(3Fh)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 289 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.39 WRITE SAME:(41H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
Operation Code (41H)
0
0
0
0
1
Reserved
PBdata LBdata RelAdr
0
0
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Number of Blocks (MSB)
8
Number of Blocks (LSB)
9
0
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
2
6
1
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The WRITE SAME command requests the controller to write a block of data
transferred from the host into multiple blocks in the medium.
The PBdata (Physical Block Data) bit is not supported by the controller and,
therefore, must be set to 0.
The LBdata (Logical Block Data) bit is not supported by the controller and therefore,
must be set to 0.
The Logical Block Address specifies the starting logical block to write by this
command.
The Number of Blocks specifies the number of consecutive logical blocks to be
written.
The Number of Blocks of 0 specifies to continue writing till the last available logical
block.
WRITE SAME:(41h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 290 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.40 XDREAD:(52H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
Operation Code(52H)
1
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
2
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
6
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Transfer Length (LSB)
9
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The XDREAD command requests that the target transfer to the initiator the XOR
data generated by an XDWRITE command.
The XOR data transferred is identified by the Logical Block Address and the Transfer
Length. The Logical Block Address and the Transfer Length shall be the same as
those specified in a prior XDWRITE command. If a match is not found, the command
is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST with the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
The Logical Block Address specifies the starting logical block to write by this
command.
The Number of Blocks specifies the number of consecutive logical blocks to be
written.
The Number of Blocks of 0 specifies to continue writing till the last available logical
block.
XDREAD:(52h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 291 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.41 XDWRITE:(50H)
Byte
0
1
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
Operation Code(50H)
1
0
0
DPO
FUA
DAW
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
2
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
6
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Transfer Length (LSB)
9
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The XDWRITE command requests that the target XOR the data transferred with the
data on the medium. The resulting XOR data is stored by the target until it is
retrieved by an XDREAD command.
The DPO (Disable Page Out) bit is used to determine the priority of the logical block
data read by this command in the cache. This controller ignores this bit.
If the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit is set to 1, the Drive access directly the medium.
The data is not read from the cache. If the cache data is more recent than the disk
data, the disk is written prior to reading.
If the FUA bit is set to 0, the Drive may satisfy the command by accessing the cache.
This controller ignores this bit.
The DAW (Disable Write) bit of 0 indicates that the data transferred from the
initiator is written to the medium after the XOR operation is complete.
The DAW bit of 1 indicates that the data is not written to the medium.
The Logical Block Address specifies the starting logical block to write by this
command.
XDWRITE:(50h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 292 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The Number of Blocks specifies the number of consecutive logical blocks to be
written.
The Number of Blocks of 0 specifies to continue writing till the last available logical
block.
XDWRITE:(50h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 293 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6.42 XPWRITE:(51H)
Byte
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
Operation Code(51H)
1
0
0
DPO
FUA
0
0
0
Logical Block Address (MSB)
3
Logical Block Address
4
Logical Block Address
5
Logical Block Address (LSB)
1
6
0
1
0
Logical Unit Number
7
Reserved
0
0
0
Transfer Length (MSB)
8
Transfer Length (LSB)
9
0
0
Vendor Unique
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
Reserved
0
1
0
0
0
Flag
Link
The XPWRITE command requests that the target XOR the data transferred with the
data on the medium and then write the XOR data to the medium.
The DPO (Disable Page Out) bit is used to determine the priority of the logical block
data read by this command in the cache. This controller ignores this bit.
If the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit is set to 1, the Drive access directly the medium.
The data is not read from the cache. If the cache data is more recent than the disk
data, the disk is written prior to reading.
If the FUA bit is set to 0, the Drive may satisfy the command by accessing the cache.
This controller ignores this bit.
The Logical Block Address specifies the starting logical block to write by this
command.
The Number of Blocks specifies the number of consecutive logical blocks to be
written.
The Number of Blocks of 0 specifies to continue writing till the last available logical
block.
XPWRITE:(51h)
6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 294 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
7
SENSE DATA
The sense data is transferred to the host computer through the REQUEST SENSE
command (Refer to 6.23).
7.1
SENSE DATA FORMAT
This SCSI controller supports only the extended sense data format.
The extended sense data format is shown in Table 7-1.
The Error Code 70H (Current Error) or Error Code 71H (Deferred Error) are supported
by this controller.
Table 7-1 Extended Sense Data Format
Byte
0
Bit
7
5
4
Valid
1
2
6
0
FileMark
0
3
1
0
EOM
0
Segment Number
0
0
0
0
R
Sense Key
0
Information Byte (MSB)
0
ILI
4
Information Byte
5
Information Byte
6
Information Byte (LSB)
8-11
Additional Sense Length
0
1
1
0
Command-Specific Information
12
Additional Sense Code
13
Additional Sense Code Qualifier
14
0
0
0
Error Code
3
7
2
0
0
0
FRU Code
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(cont’d)
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 295 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 7-1 Extended Sense Data Format(cont’d)
15
16
SKSV
Sense-Key Specific
17
Sense-Key Specific
18
to
31
Additional Sense Bytes
A Valid bit of 1 indicates that the information bytes have been established. A Valid
bit of 0 indicates that no information bytes are established.
The Segment Number field is not used and always indicates 00H.
The Filemark bit is not used and always set to 0.
The EOM (End of Medium) bit is not used and always set to 0.
The ILI (Incorrect Length Indicator) bit is set to 1, if the incorrect value is specified
in Byte Transfer Length field at READ LONG or WRITE LONG command.
In other cases, 0 is indicated.
The Sense Key provides the error status information or the exception condition
information. The details of these information are listed in Table 7-2..
The information byte is valid when the Valid bit is set to 1 and the logical block
address associated with the sense key is indicated. The information byte regarding
FORMAT UNIT, READ LONG or WRITE LONG command is to be referred to the
each command description, 6.1, 6.17 or 6.38 respectively.
The Additional Sense Length indicates the number of subsequent sense byte, 24 (18H),
which indicates that sense data is 32 bytes.
The Command-Specific Information field indicates the leading logical block address
which could not be reassigned by a REASSIGN BLOCKS command. In other cases,
00000000H is indicated.
The Additional Sense Code(ASC) provides the further detail information describing
the sense key and the Additional Sense Code Qualifier(ASCQ) provides the detail
information added to the Additional Sense Code. The details of these information are
given in Table 7-3.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 296 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The FRU (Field Replaceable Unit Code) code is not used and always set to 00H.
When the SKSV (Sense-Key Specific Valid) bit is set to 0, it indicates that the SenseKey Specific-field is undetermined.
When the SKSV bit is set to 1, the contents of the Sense-Key Specific field is
validated and varies the definition depending on the sense key.
(1)
When the sense key is ILLEGAL REQUEST (5H), the definition is as
shown in Table 7-4.
(2) When the sense key is RECOVERED ERROR (1H), MEDIUM ERROR (3H)
or HARDWARE ERROR (4H), the definition is as shown in Table 7-5.
(3) When the sense key is NOT READY (2H), the definition is as shown in
Table 7-6.
The Additional Sense Bytes (Byte 18 to 31) indicates the detail error information.
Table 7-2 Sense Keys
Sense Key
0H
1H
2H
3H
Meaning
NO SENSE :
Indicates that there is no specific sense key information to
be reported from the specified logical unit. This key
indicates that the command has been terminated
successfully.
RECOVERED ERROR :
Indicates that the last command has been terminated
successfully after some recovery procedure performed by
the controller. The details may be found in the additional
sense bytes and information bytes.
NOT READY :
Indicates that the addressed logical unit is not accessible.
An operator intervention may be required to recover from
this condition.
MEDIUM ERROR :
Indicates that the command has been terminated due to
an unrecoverable error caused by a flaw on the medium or
an error in the recorded data.
(cont’d)
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 297 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 7-2 Sense Keys (cont’d)
4H
5H
6H
7H
8H
9H
AH
BH
CH
DH
EH
FH
HARDWARE ERROR :
Indicates that the controller has detected an
unrecoverable hardware error(e.g., controller failure,
device failure, parity error, etc.) during the execution of a
command or self-test.
ILLEGAL REQUEST :
Indicates that illegal data has been found in the command
descriptor block or an additional parameter which is
specified as data for some commands (e.g., FORMAT
UNIT, MODE SELECT, etc.).
When the controller detects an invalid parameter in the
CDB, it terminates the command without updating the
medium. When an invalid parameter is found in an
additional parameter that is given as data, however, the
medium may have been already updated.
UNIT ATTENTION :
Indicates that a Unit Attention condition (see 4.1.3) has
been created by a change in a Mode Select Parameter or
the controller being reset.
DATA PROTECT :
Indicates that the controller has received a WRITE
command when the medium is protected against write
operations. The controller carried out no write operation.
BLANK CHECK.
(Not used.)
Vendor Unique.
(Not used.)
COPY ABORTED
(Not used.)
ABORTED COMMAND :
Indicates that the controller has aborted the command.
The host computer can recover from this condition by
issuing the command again.
EQUAL.
(Not used.)
VOLUME OVERFLOW
(Not used.)
MISCOMPARE :
Indicates that a data compare of the byte compare
verification was unsuccessful.
Reserved
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 298 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
The valid combinations of the Sense Key, Additional Sense Code (ASC) and
Additional Sense Code Qualifier (ASCQ are described in the following Table 7-3.
Note that all Sense Key, ASC and ASCQ in Table 7-3 are hex values.
Table 7-3 Additional Sense Codes & Qualifiers
Sense ASC ASCQ
Key
0
00 00
4
01 00
1 or 4
02 00
1 or 4
02 80
4
02 C9
4
02 CA
1 or 4
03 00
1 or 4
03 80
4
03 89
1 or 4
03 DA
2
04 00
2
04 01
2
04 02
2
04 04
Error name
No Additional
Sense
Information
No Index/Sector
Signal
No Seek Complete
Unexpected
Carriage Unload
Seek Measure
Failed
(Lower Limit)
Seek Measure failed
(Upper Limit)
Peripheral Device
Write Fault
Write Fault on
Write Inhibit
Condition
Write Cylinder
Number Error
Servo Window
Error
Logical Unit Not
Ready, Cause Not
Reportable
Logical Unit is in
Process of Becoming
Ready.
Logical Unit Not
Ready, Initializing
Command Required
Logical Unit Not
Ready, Format in
Progress
Meaning
No valid additional sense information is
present.
No Index signal could be detected.
No Sector signal could be detected.
The drive seek was not completed
successfully.
Unexpected carriage unlock error was
occurred.
A seek measure value less than lower limit
A seek measure value over than upper limit
value
A write fault was detected on the drive.
A write fault by issuing WRITE command on
write inhibit condition.
A cylinder number injustice was detected
after write end.
A servo window error occurred.
No drive Ready signal could be detected.
The specified drive could not be accessed.
Drive is not ready but to be ready soon.
Drive is not ready and waiting for START
UNIT Command.
Drive is not ready because Format Unit is in
progress.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 299 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
2
04 09
Logical Unit Not
Ready, Self-test in
Progress
Logical Unit Not
Ready, ETF in
Progress
Logical Unit
Communication
Failure
Logical Unit
Communication
Time Out
Logical Unit
Communication
Parity Error
Drive Fault with
ATN OFF
Drive Error in non
Error Factor
Track Following
Error
Head Select Fault
Drive is not ready because Self-Test is in
progress.
2
04 84
4
08 00
4
08 01
4
08 02
1 or 4
08 81
4
08 83
1 or 4
09 00
1 or 4
09 04
1 or 4
09 80
Track Positioning
Error
0 or 1
0B 01
1
0C 01
3
0C 02
Specified
Temperature
Exceeded
Write Error
Recovered with
Auto Reallocation
Write Error-Auto
Reallocation Failed
Track Positioning was failed between
confirmation of ATN off and issue of MESDI
command related to seek.
Temperature value gotten from sensor was
over its threshold value.
1
0C 81
3
0C 82
Write Error
Recovered with
Auto Reallocation,
Relocation
Threshold- Over
Write Error Auto
Reallocation Not
Execute with Time
Out
Drive is not ready because ETF is in
progress.
A logical unit interface error occurred.
A logical unit interface time out error
occurred.
A logical unit interface parity error occurred.
A drive fault was detected on ESDI ATN=0.
Drive error was detected, but there were
none error factor.
Track Positioning was failed.
Head Select was failed.
A write error has been recovered by sector
relocation. Auto-Reallocation process was
performed.
A write error has not been recovered. An
Auto-Reallocation for a write error was not
successful.
A write error has been recovered by sector
relocation. Auto-Reallocation process was
performed but a relocation count was over its
threshold value.
An Auto Reallocation for a write error was
not execute with time out.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 300 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3
0C FF
3
10 00
3
11 00
3
11 01
3
11 02
3
11 04
3
11 0A
3
11 0B
3
11 82
3
11 84
3
11 D7
3
11 FF
3
12 00
1 or 3
13 00
1 or 3
13 80
1 or 3
14 00
1 or 3
14 01
Write Command
Terminate with
Recovery Time Out
ID CRC or ECC
Error
Unrecovered Read
Error
Read Retries
Exhausted
Error Too Long to
Correct
Unrecovered Read
Error-Auto
Reallocation Failed
Miscorrected Error
Unrecoverd Read
Error-Recommend
Reassignment
Error Too Long to
Multi Symbol Soft
Correction
Read Error Auto
Reallocation Not
Execute with Time
Out
Uncorrectable
Check Code ECC
Error
Read or Verify
Command
Terminate with
Recovery Time Out
Address Mark Not
Found for ID Field
Address Mark Not
Found for Data
Field
Split Data AM Not
Found
Recorded Entity
Not Found
Record Not Found
Write processing time exceeded Recovery
Time Limit, write processing was
terminated..
A CRC error occurred in an ID field.
A read error occurred in a data field. (Retries
are not applied.)
A read error in a data field could not be
recovered by retries. (Error correction is not
applied.)
A read error in data field could not be
corrected by ECC.
An auto reallocation for a read error was not
successful.
A read error in LBA/CRC field could not be
corrected by ECC.
A read error in data field could not be
corrected by ECC. A reassignment is
recommended.
The data field read error could not be
corrected using soft correction.
An Auto Reallocation for a Read error was
not execute with time out.
A read error in check code field could not be
corrected by ECC.
Read or Verify processing time exceeded
Recovery Time Limit, read or verify
processing was terminated..
No address mark could be found in an ID
field.
No address mark could be found in a data
field.
No address mark could be found in a split
data.
No recorded entity could be found.
A sector which has corresponding ID could
not be found.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 301 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
3
14 91
3
14 93
3
14 94
1
14 98
3
14 A1
3
14 B1
1 or 4
15 01
1 or 4
15 02
1 or 4
15 81
1
17 00
1
17 01
1
17 02
1
17 03
1
17 05
1
17 06
Uncorrectable Data
Error on IDRP
Data has been read after an ID recovery
procedure (IDRP), but this data has ECC
Uncorrectable error.
Data AM Not
Data read has been retried after an ID
Found
recovery procedure(IDRP), but a data AM
on IDRP
could not be detected in this data.
Split Data AM Not Data has been retried with using previous
Found Using
sector ID retry, but a split AM could not be
Previous Sector ID detected in this data.
ECC Correctable
Data has been read after an ID recovery
Error on IDRP
procedure (IDRP), but this data has an ECC
correctable error.
Previous ID Error
An ID error on previous sector was detected
on IDRP
when an ID recovery procedure(IDRP) had
been initiated.
Error too Much to
Previous sector ID retry could not be
Recover Using
executed because of two or more ID errors on
Previous ID Retry
track.
Mechanical
The number of Cylinder & head is different
Positioning error
from the desired position in accessing
number check.
Positioning Error
A seek operation has completed normally but
Detected by Read of the positioned address is not the desired one.
Medium
Detected
In the number check of cylinder & head,
Positioning Time
time out occurred.
Out
Recovered Data
An error has been recovered by retries.
with No Error
(without ECC)
Correction Applied
Recovered Data
An error has been recovered by retries.
with Retries
(without head offset)
Recovered Data
An error has been recovered by retries with a
with Positive Head positive head offset.
Offset
Recovered Data
An error has been recovered by retries with a
with Negative Head negative head offset.
Offset
Recovered Data
An error has been recovered by retries after
Using Previous
an ID recovery procedure(IDRP).
Sector ID
Recovered Data
An error has been recovered by retries
without ECC - Data (without ECC) and a sector has been
Auto-Reallocated
reallocated. Auto-Reallocation process was
performed.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 302 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
1
17 07
1
17 09
1
17 86
1
18 00
1
18 01
1
18 02
1
18 05
1
18 07
1
18 82
1 or 3
19 00
1 or 3
19 01
1 or 3
19 02
1 or 3
19 03
5
1A 00
Recovered Data
without ECC Recommend
Reassignment
Recovered Data
without ECCData Rewritten
Recovered Data
without ECC - Data
Auto-Reallocated,
Relocation
Threshold-Over
Recovered Data
with Error
Correction Applied
Recovered Data
with Error
Correction &
Retries Applied
Recovered Data Data AutoReallocated
Recovered DataRecommend
Reassignment
Recovered Data
with ECC-Data
Rewritten
Recovered Data Data AutoReallocated,
Relocation
Threshold-Over
Defect List error
Defect List Error
Not Available
Defect List Error in
Primary List
Defect List Error in
Grown List
Parameter List
Length Error
The error has been recovered without ECC
correction. A reassignment is
recommended.
The error has been recovered without ECC
correction and data rewritten.
Data error has been recovered by ECC
correction and a sector has been reallocated.
Auto-Reallocation process was performed
but a relocation count was over its threshold
value.
Data error has been recovered by ECC
correction. (without retries)
Data error has been recovered by ECC
correction and retries.
Data error has been recovered by ECC
correction (retries may or may not be done)
and a sector has been reallocated. AutoReallocation process was performed.
Data error has been recovered by ECC
correction. A reassignment is
recommended.
Data error has been recovered by ECC
correction and data rewritten.
Data error has been recovered by ECC
correction and a sector has been reallocated.
Auto-Reallocation process was performed
but a relocation count was over its threshold
value.
Error exists in defect list.
Defect list could not be used.
An error occurred during an access to the
Primary (P) list
An error occurred during an access to the
Grown (G) list.
A parameter list length is incorrect.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 303 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
B
1B 00
1 or 3
1C 00
1 or 3
1C 01
1 or 3
1C 02
E
1D 00
5
20 00
5
21 00
5
24 00
5
25 00
5
26 00
5
26 01
5
26 02
5
26 03
5
26 04
5
26 80
7
27 00
6
29 00
6
29 01
6
29 02
6
29 03
Synchronous Data
Transfer Error
Defect List Not
Found
Primary Defect List
Not Found
Grown Defect List
Not Found
Miscompare During
Verify Operation
Invalid Command
Operation Code
Logical Block
Address out of
Range
An error occurred in synchronous data
transfer.
Defect list could not be detected.
Process Login
Occurred
Power On Reset
Occurred
Selective Reset
Occurred
Target Reset
Occurred
Process Login was issued.
An access to the Primary (P) list has failed.
An access to the Grown (G) list has failed.
A data compare error occurred during a
verification process.
An invalid operation code was specified.
An attempt was made to access beyond the
Logical Block Address reported by a READ
CAPACITY command (with the PMI bit set
to 0).
Illegal Field in CDB An illegal data was specified in the CDB.
E.g.; Reserved bit/Value of non-zero, or
Unsupported bit/Value of non-zero.
Invalid LUN
An unimplemented LUN was specified in the
CDB or Identify message.
Invalid Field in
An invalid field was specified in a parameter
Parameter List
list.
Parameter Not
An unsupported parameter is received.
Supported
Parameter Value
A parameter value is invalid.
Invalid
Threshold
An unsupported threshold parameters is
Parameters Not
received.
Supported
Invalid Release of
An invalid release of persistent reservation.
Persistent
Reservation
Different file from Inquiry type was
Microprogram
Download Error
downloaded in microprogram downloading.
Write Protected
The specified drive was write-protected.
A power-on reset occurred.
A Selective Reset was issued..
A Target Reset was issued.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 304 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6
29 04
6
2A 00
2 or 6
2A 01
6
2A 02
6
2A 03
6
2A 04
6
2A 05
6
2F 00
2 or 3
31 00
2 or 3
31 01
1
31 F0
1
31 F1
4
32 00
3
32 01
4
35 00
5
35 01
Device Internal
Reset
Parameters
Changed
Mode Parameters
Changed
Log Parameters
Changed
Reservations
Preempted
Reservations
Released
Registrations
Preempted
Commands Cleared
by Another Initiator
Medium Format
Corrupted
A device internal reset occurred.
The Mode/Log parameters were altered.
E. g., Mode Select command altered
parameters.
E.g., Mode/Log parameters were reset by a
Not Ready to Ready transition of the drive.
The mode parameter has been changed.
The Log parameters have been changed.
The reservation key has been cleared.
The reservation has been cleared.
The persistent reservation has been
preempted.
The executing or queuing commands have
been cleared by another initiator.
The medium has not been formatted
properly.
It is necessary to reformat the medium with
a FORMAT UNIT command.
A Format command completed in the
Format Command
Failed
abnormal condition.
It is necessary to reformat the medium with
a FORMAT UNIT command.
ETF Cylinder Read The controller detected read error during
Error
reading ETF in initial format and judged
there was no P-list.
ETF Cylinder ESDI The controller detected ESDI defect list
Defect List Check
check error during initial format and judged
Error
there was no P-list.
No Defect Spare
Due to short alternate spares, reassigning
Location Available
blocks could not be processed.
Defect List Update An updating the Grown (G) list failed.
Failure
Unspecified
Timeout has occurred in Enclosure Services.
Enclosure Services
Failure
Unsupported
The other page was specified to the
Enclosure Function Enclosure supported the Short enclosure
status page.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 305 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
2
35 02
4
35 03
4
35 04
1
37 00
2
3E 00
4
3E 03
4
3E 04
6
3F 00
6
3F 01
6
3F 02
6
3F 03
4
40 00
4
42 00
4
42 80
B
43 00
Enclosure Services
Unavailable
Enclosure Transfer
Failure
Enclosure was SFF-8067 compliant
enclosure, but time out has occurred.
The time between the assertion of
– DSK_WR by the device and the assertion
of –ENCL_ACK by the enclosure exceeded
the device’s timeout.
Enclosure Transfer The time between the assertion of the first
Refused
–DSK_WR and the first –ENCL_ACK of the
data transfer exceeded the device’s timeout.
Rounded Parameter A parameter value received was not useable
as it was, so it was rounded by the controller.
Logical Unit Has
The Self-configuration of Logical Unit has
Not Self-configured not finished yet.
Yet
Logical Unit Failed Failed to Self-Test.
Self-Test
Logical Unit Unable Unable to update the Self-Test log.
to Update Self-Test
Log
Target Operating
The operating conditions of target have
Conditions Have
changed.
Changed
Microcode Has
A micro code has been changed.
Been Changed
Changed Operating An operating definition has been changed.
Definition
A Inquiry data has changed.
Inquiry Data Has
Changed
RAM Failure
Failure of RAM memory.
A power-on diagnostic error occurred.
* MPU Error
* TIMER Error
* ROM Error
* Disk Controller Error
* ESDI H/W Error
* RAM Diagnostic Error
* Buffer Diagnostic Error
Hard Register Error Hard register diagnostic error was detected
at Send Diag Self
at Send Diag Self Test.
Test
Message Error
The message was rejected and the operation
could not be continued.
Power On or Selftest Failure
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 306 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4
44 00
Internal Target
Error
4
44 01
4
44 80
4
44 81
4
44 83
4
44 90
4
44 92
4
44 93
4
44 94
4
44 95
4
44 96
4
44 97
4
44 98
4
44 99
4
44 9A
4
44 9C
4
44 9D
4
44 9E
4
44 9F
4
44 A0
4
44 A1
Cache Allocation
Failure
Incomplete Cache
Out
Unable to Write due
to PIN
Un-reported Error
Threshold Exceeded
Management Data
Read Error
Directory Data
Read Error
Directory Data
Write Error
Unable to Access
System Area
Unable to Write
System Area
Unable to Write
Management Data
Master Data Read
Error
Can’t Multi Track
Write Remain
Trackless
Multi Track Write
Error
Multi Track R/W
Parameter Error
Read CRC Check
Error
Write CRC Check
Error
Master Data Write
Error
System Area Access
Error
Internal Target
Error
Reassign Data
Restore Fail
A hardware or firmware error was detected
in the controller during a command
execution.
Failed to execute a cache allocation
Write data from cache to disk has not
completed because of an error.
Unable to write data due to PIN(after
Incomplete Cache Out occurred).
The number of un-reported errors exceeded
threshold.
Failed to read Management Data in the
system area.
Failed to read Directory Data in the system
area.
Failed to write Directory Data in the system
area.
Failed to read/write the system area.
Unable to wtite the system area due to a lack
of valid track.
Unable to wtite the system area due to a lack
of valid Management Data.
Failed to read Master Data in the system
area.
Unable to write to Multi Track in the system
area due to remain trackless.
Failed to write to the whole Multi Track in
the system area.
Parameter error was detected in multi track
R/W.
A CRC check error occurred on reading from
the system area.
A CRC check error occurred on write to the
system area.
Failed to write Master Data in the system
area.
Failed to read/write the system area due to
drive time out.
The target sector was not found in reassign
operation.
Failed to recover data in reassign operation.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 307 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4
44 A2
4
44 A5
4
44 A6
4
44 B1
4
44 B2
Reassign ID Verify
Error
Reassign Data Save
Error
Reassign ID Write
Error
FC FIFO Overrun
/Underrun Error
Illegal Command
ID verify error occurred in Reassign target
track.
Error occurred on data saving or recovery
operation of Reassign.
Failed to write ID of Reassign target sector.
4
44 B3
Burst Length Error
4
44 B4
Relative Offset error was detected.
4
44 B5
Relative Offset
Error
Ch1 LBA Error
4
44 B6
Ch1 BCRC Error
BCRC error at Ch1 was detected.
4
44 B7
FC parity error was detected.
4
44 B8
4
44 BC
FC FIFO Parity
Error
Unexpected Event
Error
Host Buffer Error
4
44 BF
Unexpected Error
FC controller detected unexpected error.
4
44 C0
4
44 C1
4
44 C2
4
44 D0
4
44 D1
4
44 D2
4
44 D3
4
44 D4
Disk Data Buffer
Data Buffer Parity error was detected.
Parity Error
DMA Pipeline Error DMA Pipeline was started on Very Busy
status.
Disk FIFO Overrun Disk FIFO Overrun / Underrun was
/Underrun Error
detected.
HDC Sequencer
Missmatch occured at comparing with the
Setting Mismatch
value set in HDC Sequencer.
HDC DMA Next
HDC DMA current condition has completed,
Condition Full
but DMA cannot be set because next
condition is full.
Offline ECC
HDC was started to execute offline one burst
Correction Time
correction, but no completion of HDC caused
OUT
timeout of 1ms.
HDC Time OUT
HDC was started (R/W etc.), but no
completion of HDC caused timeout of 1 s.
HDC Stop
HDC stopped injuriously
4
44 D5
Wrap Error
Wrap error was detected.
4
44 D6
Disk Port Parity
Error
Disk Port Parity Error was detected.
Overrun / underrun error at FC FIFO was
detected.
The Command for SPC was failed as
Illegal Command.
Burst Length Error was detected.
LBA error at Ch1 was detected.
Unexpected Event error was detected.
Error was detected in Host Buffer circuit.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 308 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4
44 D7
4
44 D8
4
44 DA
4
44 DB
4
44 DC
4
44 DD
4
44 DF
4
44 E0
4
44 E1
4
44 E2
4
44 E3
4
44 E4
4
44 E5
4
44 F1
4
44 F2
4
44 F3
4
44 F4
4
44 F8
4
44 F9
Ch0 Check Code
Error
Write After Read
Check Error
DF Interrupt Status
Resister Error
ECC status Resister
Error
BC Interrupt Status
Resister Error
Hardware Error at
ESDI Standard
Status
Novalid Error
Status For Drive
ATN
Ch0 FIFO Over-run
Error in XOR Write
Ch0 FIFO Underrun Error in XOR
Write
Ch0 BCRC Error in
XOR Write
Ch1 BCRC Error in
XOR Write
Buffer2 BCRC
Error in XOR Write
XOR Calculation
Time Out
Invalid Logical
Cylinder Count
LBA/CRC Check code error was detected in
Ch0.
Write after read check error occurred.
Error was detected in DF Interrupt Status
Resister.
Error was detected in ECC Status Resister.
Error was detected in BC Interrupt Status
Resister.
Hardware error was detected in standard
status.
There ware no valid stasus for Drive
Attention.
Ch0 FIFO Over-run was detected in XOR
Write.
Ch0 FIFO Under-run was detected in XOR
Write.
Ch0 BCRC Error was detected in XOR Write.
Ch1 BCRC Error was detected in XOR Write.
Buffer2 BCRC Error was detected in XOR
Write.
Time Out has occurred in XOR Calculation.
Invalid Logical Cylinder Number was
reported from drive control program.
(exceed maximum Logical Cylinder Number)
Head Health Check Error was detected in Head Health Check.
Error
Program &
A compare error was detected in micro
Parameter Down
program & parameter downloading.
Load Compare
Error
Hardware Error at Hardware error was detected at the
Controller Self Test controller self test.
Error in Drive
Error was detected in Drive Microcomputer
Microcomputer
program overwriting
Error in Flush ROM Error was detected in Flush ROM
overwriting.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 309 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
4
44 FA
Module Sum Error SUM check error was detected in ROM
in ROM Mode
overwriting.
Error in S-RAM
Unable to download micro program for SMarks Download
RAM
Unable
error.
Detected Firmware A firmware error which should be reported
Error
with
Check Condition Status was detected.
FC FRAME CRC
FC FRAME CRC error was detected.
Error
Data Transfer Error Data Transfer error was detected.
4
44 FE
4
44 FF
B
47 00
B
47 80
B
49 00
B
B
4B 00
4B 80
B
4B 81
4
4C 00
4
4C 80
4
4C 81
4
4C 82
FIFO Framing
Error
Data Transfer Error
Data Transfer Error
(Loop Initialization)
Data Transfer Error
(Abnormal Exit)
Logical Unit Failed
Self-configuration
Ram Configuration
Load Error
Program Revision
Check Error
Module Not Found
4
4C 83
Module Sum Error
4
4C 84
B
4E 00
Defect Parameter
Load Error
Overlapped
Commands
Attempted
5
55 04
1
5B 00
Insufficient
Registration
Resources
Log Exception
FIFO Framing Error was detected.
Data Transfer error was detected.
Data Transfer error (Loop Initialization) was
detected.
Data Transfer error (Abnormal Exit) was
detected.
A loading of microcode or parameters failed
during controller initialization.
Failed to configuration load for ram
initializing.
Failed to download micro program for
program revision check .
Failed to download micro program for
program size.
SUM check error was detected in program
down loading.
A loading of defect parameter failed during
controller initialization
Both tagged command and untagged
command from the same initiator are issued
at a same time.
- A tagged command which specifies the
same tag number is issued from the same
initiator.
- An untagged command is issued from the
same initiator which has issued another
untagged command.
The reservation key registration failed.
The Log exception was detected.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 310 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
6
5B 01
1
5B 02
1
5B 03
0 or 1
or 6
0 or 1
or 6
5D 00
5D FF
1
80 00
4
94 00
1
AE 00
4
E0 00
Threshold
Condition Met
Log Counter at
Maximum
Log List Codes
Exhausted
Failure Prediction
Threshold Exceeded
Failure Prediction
Threshold Exceeded
(False)
Read with Pin Hit
The Log condition has met threshold
condition.
The Log counter have reached to the
maximum value.
The Log List codes were exhausted.
Auto-Reallocation
Fail at No REC
Sector
Spare Sector Less
Than Threshold
Auto-Reallocation failed at no REC sector.
ETF Failed
The informational exception conditions
occured.
The false informational exception conditions
occured.
Data is read, but this data has Pin.
Spare sector for relocation is less than
threshold, and relocate operation will be
unable to be executed.
A ETF completed in the abnormal condition
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 311 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 7-4 Field Pointer
Byte
15
Bit
7
6
5
SKSV
C/D
4
3
16
Reserved
BPV
0
0
Field Pointer (MSB)
17
Field Pointer (LSB)
2
1
0
Bit Pointer
When the sense key is Illegal REQUEST and the SKSV bit is set to 1, the
Sense-Key Specific field (Byte 15-17) defines the contents as shown in Table 7-4.
If the C/D (Command / Data) bit is set to 1, it indicates that the CDB
contains an invalid parameter. If the C/D bit is set to 0, it indicates that
the transferred data during DATA OUT phase contain an invalid parameter.
The BPV (Bit Pointer Valid) bit of 1 indicates that the Bit Pointer field
contents is determined. The BPV bit of 0 indicates that the Bit Pointer is
undetermined.
The Bit Pointer is effective when the BPV bit is set to 1 and indicates the
bit position of an invalid parameter which is detected first.
The Field Pointer indicates that the byte position of an invalid parameter
which is detected first.
Table 7-5 Actual Retry Count
6
5
2
1
0
0
0
0
16
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Actual Retry Count (MSB)
17
Actual Retry Count (LSB)
Byte
15
Bit
7
SKSV
4
3
When the sense key is RECOVERED ERROR, MEDIUM ERROR or
HARDWARE ERROR and the SKSV bit is set to 1, the Sense-Key Specific
field defines the contents as shown in Table 7-5.
The Actual Retry Count indicates the number of retries actually performed by
the controller. If the error is not regarded as a subject of recovery using
retries, the value of 0000H is indicated in the field.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 312 / 313
OEM MANUAL:K6602771
Table 7-6 Progress Indication
6
5
2
1
0
0
0
0
16
Reserved
0
0
0
0
Progress Indication (MSB)
17
Progress Indication (LSB)
Byte
15
Bit
7
SKSV
4
3
When the sense key is NOT READY and the SKSV bit is set to 1, the Sense-Key
Specific field (Byte 15-17) defines the contents as shown in Table 7-6.
Progress Indication gives a general indication of the amount of progress made
during
format. This returned value is the numerator of a fraction whose denominator is
65536.
A Progress Indication of 0000H indicates that Format Unit is not started.
A Progress Indication of FFCCH or greater (up to FFFFH) indicates that Format
Unit completed.
7 SENSE DATA
Revision: 2 / Date: 2002.12.19
Page: 313 / 313
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement